Home

2012 Nissan GTR Owners Manual

1. GTR 27 Transmission Settings GTR 8 TreadWear seeseeseeeeesrererrressrrrrntntrtttretesnsntntnnnnnre ewer 9 17 Troubleshooting guide s sssssssssssssesrsrnrrrrsssisnesneresnnnns 3 16 TURAN A E E A 3 19 Trunk lid release SWitCh s s sssessssseseeeesrrrrrrresrrerernes 3 19 Trunk open request SWIEC I vse ccesterad cveccsuesevestoeenineretes 3 19 Trunk release power cancel SWItCh cceeee 3 20 Turbocharger SYSUC ac esccnstae deca tere nde antececdeaneececceecrers 5 30 Turning off the heaters cssssesesesseteeeeseeeeees 2 53 Turning on the GALS S sesecstercreckereenceastaciisstienriente 2 53 Types of ail Same eee eee nee re eee ee ner Bee net eee 8 37 Up 8 1 0 6 9 Mente teen eee enna rer ere Sere ener ane are 7 3 Uneven wear Of TIRES ccc cctceienncraccicrentteennes GTR 22 Uniform tire quality grading cesses 9 17 LUSTRE INdICAtO mnene 2 9 Using the waSher ssssssessissssisrssssrerrnrrrssrsrnnnsnsnrsrenns 2 47 Using the WipeiS sates ceecctie reed en teraee eect nairtieece e 2 47 Vanity MMMM OF ee cee cecenci ach exeeicearieesest penton cashnceatepreseenstecheen 3 28 Vanity mirror NgNtS siiniga 2 62 VDC transmission and suspension SEtUp SWIHCM GS vices scat des cases tecocestinaieetiices Hecivtneieetetneies 5 24 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF mode GTR 9 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light 2 30 Vehicle Dynamic Control syStem ceeeeee 5 47 Vehicle Dynamic Control system warning
2. 2 36 Vehicle IASTHIGC AU ON eresctedsterscmscectectdaesecenchseescenmeerntees 9 11 Vehicle identification NUMDET ce eee 9 11 Vehicle Identification Number plate 9 11 Vehicle information display sseccessceeeeeee 2 11 Vehicle load capacity ssssssssssssereererssisnssnonnsnonnnnnnnnne 9 15 Vehicle loading information ssssssssssrssssisrerrsrerrrsre 9 14 Ve hicle recov Yssscnooini etree eee 6 10 Vehicle security SyYStemM s ssssssssssrersssrirsrsrsrernenrnn 2 43 Vehicle SCO este cercscors xret carstsotcectnccrernegenenseeneeeecicaenndse 2 15 Vehicle status data recordet seecceeeeeee 9 21 Warning Anti lock Braking System warning 2 36 AWD clutch high temperature warning 2 36 AWD system WV UN es ercsceee secs teeer arascacecctens 2 37 AWD warning NING TW cceeverccrtees cere exerted 5 39 Brake pad wear Warning assiiduneninenianie 8 22 Cruise control system warning 2 38 Door trunk open WANG scsecactccrexsrerreceencscceenent 2 39 Engine oil low pressure Warning 2 33 Engine system Walt wccecvcs seven sccucsceereeucesee 2 33 Front rear tire size discrepancy warning 2 37 Hazard warning flasher SWItCHh eeeeeee 2 52 Low brake fluid warning 2 35 Low fuel VA NIING osertccrcrnenrstscseerrnetertue tip cecstsie 2 39 Low tire pressure WarNING scseeeeeeeeeees 2 37 Low washer fluid Warning secsceceeeeeeeeeeees 2 40 No key WarniN G p
3. NISSAN recommends to adjust the engine oil level to be 0 4 in 10 mm 1 8 gal 0 5L 2 below the H mark on the engine oil dipstick range is 1 18 in 80 mm Before checking the oil level run the engine until it reaches operating temperature and wait at least 5 minutes after turning off the engine Make sure the oil level always remains above the L mark When the vehicle is delivered the engine oil is set to H 0 4 in 10 mm for optimal high performance driving The engine oil can be filled up to the H mark if performance driving is not engaged Be sure to change the fluids with the specified fluids after driving 1 Recommended fluids and mainte nance interval page GTR 18 Adjust the power steering fluid level to the R mark 5 on the power steering dipstick when the fluid temperature is hot or when the fluid temperature is cold Fluid temperature Hot 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C between A and Cold 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C between and GT R Overview GIR 13 Coolant mixture ratio The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving To maximize vehicle performance the coolant mixture ratio should be a combination of 30 antifreeze and 70 demineralized or distilled water for maximum cooling system performance regardless of ambient temperatures If ambient temperatures are anticipated below 5 F 15 C make sure a
4. tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Re check the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires NOTE You can check the pressure of all four tires on the multi function display See the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual The tires of this vehicle are filled with nitrogen gas When the tire pressure is low fill the tires with nitrogen Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for information on filling the tires with nitrogen If nitrogen is not available com pressed air may be safely used under normal driving conditions However NISSAN recommends re filling with nitrogen for maximum tire performance Summer tires P215 65R15 95H COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE FRONT ORI 255 40ZR 29 PSI 200 GINAL TIRE F20 97Y kPa REAR ORI 285 35ZR 29 PSI 200 GINAL TIRE F20 100Y kPa All season tires Example Example COLD TIRE TIRE LABELING 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H INFLATION P The P indicates the tire i PRESSURE Federal law requires tire manufacturers to j ia a A designed for passenger vehicles FRONT ORI 255 40RF20 29 psi 200 Place standardized information on the side Not all tires have this information GINAL TI
5. Do not drive at speeds above 50 MPH 80 km h and do not drive more than 50 miles 80 km with a punctured run flat tire The actual distance the vehicle can be driven on a flat tire depends on outside temperature vehicle load road con ditions and other factors When a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Con tact your GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system reset ting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors NOTICE e The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow e The TPMS may not function properly if the TPMS sensor is not reset and when wheels tires from another GT R are installed on your vehicle e The TPMS will not function properly if non GT R specified wheels are installed on the vehicle e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor re ception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operatio
6. Spark PIUS sssssronsresncssnssesnsarsentinaneatacsesesaibooshananestancuctytnbastacaens 8 19 Replacing spark plugS sssssssssssssrsssrssrsssrsnsnnursnsrnnnnnnsns 8 19 PIRC EANO aE cee cere AEE 8 20 Windshield wiper blades sssessssrssssssrsrsrssssrsnsnnnesnsnsnsnnsnsnsas 8 21 S e E EE A E 8 21 Replacing the wiper blades sssssssssesersisissrsrsrsrsrs 8 21 DKES aani i ee cee 8 22 Self adjusting brakes sssssssssessssessrsrssrsrssrersrreresreresrsnns 8 22 Brake pad wear Warning sessssssssssrsrsrssrsrsrsnrsrsnsrsnnnnsns 8 22 High performance brake system sesse 8 22 Replacing the brake padS ssssssssssssssessrsrsrssrsrsrsrsrsrsn 8 23 a e E EAEE NAE eee ee eae 8 23 Engine compartment sessssssrssssssrsrsresnsusnsnnuennnsnnnnensnnne 8 23 Passenger compartment ssssssssssssssrsrsrssrsrsressnnersnnnesnsas 8 24 Intelligent Key battery replacement sssssssseessisrsrsesrsrn 8 26 fo p ko ene ree ee A een Been nee ert eee eee ee es 8 28 BARS AMI e aaa as pepe cece EE vee eee este ee 8 29 Exterior and interior lights sescsstesscccseseasicenconsssncodeteenaceets 8 29 Wheels and tires ssssssssessssrsssrsersnsrssnsnenennnennusnnnnnennnnnnnnnsnsnnne 8 31 Tepe 0 oenen an Na arr n gt ener 8 31 Tire and loading information label sesse 8 33 Checking the tire pressure ou eseceeseeseseseseteteeeeeeteeeees 8 34 Tire labeling a aste ces ec eect 8 35 Types or Ures mentee eee een en ete aota ee 8 37 Tire chains Changing wheel
7. 2012 OWNER S MANUAL GT For your safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilometers of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet contains the warranties covering your vehicle whose terms have control over this Owner s Manual or any other docu ment or representation regarding warranty coverage The NISSAN Service and Main tenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law In addition to factory installed options your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by NISSAN or your authorized NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions con cerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory Please see your dealer for de tails conc
8. INDICATOR LIGHTS 4 Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light sg will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used 12 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats page 1 37 E High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam Is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Eq Low beam light indicator light The low beam light indicator light illuminates when the front clearance lights instrument panel lights rear combination lights and license plate lights are on The indicator light turns off when the pa is turned off EJ Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 12 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the are light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for
9. Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When tire replacement is required replacing tires as a set of four with new tires is recommended However if a tire is punctured or damaged it may be possible to replace only the damaged tire Determining whether one tire or a complete set of tires should be replaced is based on a number of factors including tire wear and condition Contact your GT R certified When you replace the GT R tires it is recommended that you replace all the tires at the same time The GT R uses specially designed run flat tires which feature an ex tremely rigid side wall Special tech niques and equipment are therefore required when replacing these tires NISSAN recommends that tire re placement be performed at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer When tires are reinstalled after being uninstalled from the wheels use equipment such as a leverless automatic tire changer It is only possible to reuse the tires when they have no cracks and or defor mations on the bead portion How ever if you use a lever type tire changer cracks and deformation may occur on the bead portion of the tires meaning that the tires cannot be reused Make sure the tire valve stem cap is installed and that the valve stem is tight When installing the cap make sure to tighten the cap by hand If a tool is used to ti
10. The LSD controls the speed difference between the left and right wheels and optimally allocates torque to the wheels The 1 5 way mechanical LSD in the rear final drive of this vehicle is character ized by its asymmetrical LSD effects when the accelerator pedal is ON and when it is OFF This allows the appro priate amount of torque for the driving environment to be transmitted to the road surface PARKING PARKING ON HILLS Ser SA Oe Ca Ca cS Cea Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents Ca a ea ey P r a a a a r a T aS Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into the GJ position Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without de pressing the foot brake pedal Follow the instructions below when parking the vehicle to help prevent the brake rotor and brake pads from Starting and driving 5 43 The GT R uses brake pad materials that have high metallic content Th
11. The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems per formed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga tion To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have t
12. This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a GI R certified NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for mainte nance intervals HIGH PERFORMANCE BRAKE SYS TEM This vehicle is equipped with high performance brake pads that provi
13. a POC XX ROK XXX kPa XX PSI TOG OX ROX XXX kPa XX PSI SME DE KECHANI 4 Seating capacity The maximum number tion page 9 14 of occupants that can be seated inthe Original size The size of the tires vehicle E originally installed on the vehicle at the 2 Vehicle load limit See the following factory section 12 Vehicle loading informa Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 5 Tire size see the following section 1 Tire labeling page 8 35 6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING THE TIRE PRESSURE 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica
14. 2 toward you Do not drive with the cap removed Opening from inside the vehicle Water that enters through the keyhole 3 Lift up the inside door handle to open a door may cause a malfunction from inside the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Do not grasp the door pockets to open and close the doors Doing so may damage the pockets 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The Federal Aviation Agency FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or condi tions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the ve
15. 7 Glove box P 2 57 2 Center dial 8 Fuse box cover P 8 23 3 Audio system 9 Power outlet P 2 54 4 Heater and air conditioner 10 Rear window defroster switch P 2 48 5 Multi function display 11 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 38 6 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 52 12 Compact Disc slot 2 4 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES DIRON Trip A B reset switch P 2 6 Speedometer P 2 6 Tachometer P 2 7 Upshift indicator P 2 9 Transmission position indicator P 2 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 7 ENTER switch P 2 14 7 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 11 8 Vehicle information display P 2 11 9 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 6 10 Fuel gauge P 2 8 11 NEXT switch P 2 14 NOTE e Meters and gauges will illuminate when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position e The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position This does not indicate that there is a malfunction Instruments and controls 2 5 SPEEDOMETER The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed 2 6 Instruments and controls ODOMETER TWIN TRIP OD OMETER The odometer 4 indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer 2 indicates the distance of individual trips Changing the display Press the TRIP A B RESET switch to change between trips A and B Resetting the trip odomete
16. Brake fluid R35 Special II 2 a Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic is the factory fill oil The VR38 engine with its plasma sprayed bores was developed using this oil NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other OW 40 synthetic oil is used If Mobil 1 OW 40 is not available Mobil 1 10W 40 100 synthetic may be used however some performance loss may be noticed Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning All Wheel Drive AWD warning 2 94 light AWD models Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Warning Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC 2 30 warning light Indicator Nse light A eneiene light a Cruise set switch indicator light 2 30 Front passenger air bag status light v seb Q D N N OI Brake warning light Charge warning light 2 26 Engine oil pressure warning 9 96 light Intelligent Key system warning 9 96 light Low tire pressure warning light 2 26 au seb Q D Low beam light indicator light E High beam indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL 2 30 2 30 2 30 2 30 3 3 3 3 Master warning light 2 28 Turn signal hazard indicator 9 31 lights Seat be
17. Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should
18. GT R SPECIAL SPECIFICATION PARTS NOTICE Only use the following required fluids and parts in the GT R to avoid possible vehicle damage ENGINE OIL Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic oil Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic is the factory fill oil The VR38 engine with its plasma sprayed bores was developed using this oil NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other OW 40 synthetic oil is used If Mobil 1 OW 40 is not available Mobil 1 10W 40 100 synthetic may be used however some performance loss may be noticed The use of additives chemical materials or abrasive compounds is prohibited The use of additives chemical materials abra sive compounds or other high performance engine oils may cause internal engine damage Engine oil maintenance e When the vehicle is delivered the engine oil level is 0 4 in 10 mm below the H mark on the engine oil dipstick for optimum high GT R Overview GIR 3 performance driving The engine oil can be filled up to the H mark if performance driving is not engaged e The engine oil load increases with high power output In order to maintain the vehicle s high level of performance be sure to perform oil level inspections and fill up at least every 1 800 miles 8 000km For the oil replacement interval information refer to the 2012 NISSAN GT R Service and Main tenance Guide section e For information about the oil replacement intervals for performanc
19. The engine speed does not change as quickly for engine speed is low small accelerator pedal position changes This mode controls powertrain torque on snowy roads and slippery surfaces making starting and driving easier This mode allows the transmission to automatically upshift even when the engine speed is about to reach the red zone When the SAVE mode is selected the maximum speed is lower than the one in the normal mode NOTICE e Quickest shifting in the R mode with Starting and driving 5 27 Suspension NOTICE Set up mode While maximizing vehicle performance e The damping force of the shock absorbers is set for maximum vehicle performance shock absorber control may automati Ridi fort harder ang ca ee l j cally be returned to the normal mode If e The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for everyday driving the R mode or the COME mode is or maximum vehicle performance e The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for more comfortable Telani Ln LAE aa above the suspen Operate the suspension setup switch to the R mode or the COMF mode and check to make sure the indicator illu minates If the indicator does not illu minate have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Normal light is off 5 28 Starting and driving Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC Set up mode Normal light is off NOTE In addition to the normal mode function
20. When the SAVE mode is selected the maximum setting speed is lower than the one in the normal mode When the vehicle ap proaches a gentle uphill there may be a slight delay as the vehicle returns to the preset speed However the vehicle will gradually accelerate and return to the preset speed WARNING CRUISE SYSTEM MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER EXIT PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON TROL e lf the cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator will blink and the cruise control system warning will appear to warn the driver 15 Cruise control system warning page 2 38 e If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled automatically e f the SET indicator blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and contact a GT R Starting and driving 5 33 certified NISSAN dealer e The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is pDmic turned on while pushing the RESUME CRUISE ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL 5 O switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the steps below in the order indicated STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED INDICATORS AND DISPLAY CONTROLS 1 CRUISE display 1 MAIN switch Displays the set vehicle speed Turns cruise control ON OFF 2 CRUISE indicator 2 SET COAST switch pressed down Informs the driver that the MAIN switch is ON Lowers the set vehicle speed
21. bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental infla tion of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag sys tem Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For exam ple do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim ma terial such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any ob jects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper oper
22. break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions When the vehicle is delivered the engine oil is set to 0 4 in 10 mm below the H mark for optimal high performance driving The engine oil can be filled up to the H mark if perfor mance driving is not engaged NOTICE Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic is the factory fill oil The VR38 engine with its plasma sprayed bores was developed using this oil NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine opera tion and durability if other OW 40 synthetic oil is used If Mobil 1 OW 40 is not available Mobil 1 10W 40 100 synthetic may be used however some performance loss may be noticed Oil level should be checked regu larly Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can da mage the engine See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet for details including applic able exclusions CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER NOTE When replacement is required contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for servicing TRANSMISSION OIL NOTE When checking or replacement is required contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for servicing NOTICE Use only Transmission Oil R35 Spe cial Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission oil other than Transmission Oil R35 Special will cause deterioration in driveability and transmission durability and may damage the transmission See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet for d
23. by overheating or ex cessive force Damage to the powertrain or any drivetrain component s that occurs when there is a record in the Vehicle Status Data Recorder VSDR that the vehicle was driven with VDC off during the period when the damage was incurred is excluded from war ranty coverage Starting and driving 5 29 See your 2012 Warranty Information Booklet for important related information and warranty coverage exclusions See also section 2 page 2 29 and section 5 page 5 47 of this Owner s Manual Transmission Clutch Temperature High and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System for important additional related informa tion 5 30 Starting and driving TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM The turbocharger system uses engine oil for lubrication and cooling of its rotating compo nents The turbocharger turbine turns at extre mely high speeds and it can get very hot It is essential to maintain a supply of oil flowing through the turbocharger system Therefore a sudden interruption of oil supply may cause a malfunction in the turbocharger To ensure prolonged life and performance of the turbocharger it is essential to perform the following maintenance procedure e Change your engine oil according to the recommended intervals shown in the sepa rate Service and Maintenance Guide Use only the recommended engine oll e f the engine had been operating at high engine speed for an extended period of time let it idle for
24. installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system equipment should also be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETEN SIONERS front seats A WARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but the pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a GT R certi fied NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioners This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in s
25. or 4D position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NOTICE e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position Turn the headlight switch to the 20 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Turn signal Move the lever up or down to the position 4 to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the position where the lights begin fl
26. or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF 12 Child restraints page 1 14 If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using
27. 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spe cified government test surfaces of asphalt and Technical and consumer information 9 17 concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 18 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by spe
28. 1 6 Ba Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate for about 7 seconds and then turn off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a GI R certified NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pretensioners may not function properly I Supplemental restraint system page 1 31 EZ Transmission warning light This light warns of the following malfunctions Transmission system malfunction The light blinks if a malfunction in the transmis sion system occurs If the light blinks certain gear positions may become unusable so that the vehicle may become undrivable Have the system inspected promptly by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Transmission oil temperature high The light illuminates if the transmission oil temperature becomes unusually high If the light illuminates avoid driving at high speed or at high engine speed until the light turns off The light will turn off aft
29. 16 Technical and consumer information 9 15 Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Information label LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shift ing Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured car go could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This 9 16 Technical and consumer information could result in loss of control and cause personal injury e Overloading could not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and perso nal injury Repairs due to over loading the vehicle are not covered by the vehicle s war ranty See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the
30. 300 RPM MANUAL e OFF The number will increase by 100 RPM To increase the number by 500 RPM push and hold the NEXT switch Example When the maximum engine speed is desired Set the upshift indicator to AUTO The yellow indicator illuminates approximately 700 RPM before the red zone and the red indicator illuminates just before the red zone When the maximum engine torque is desired Set the figure at 6 000 RPM The green indicator starts flashing from approximately 5 500 RPM and illuminates at 6 000 RPM When breaking in the vehicle To help avoid high engine speeds during break in set the upshift indicator to less than 3 500 RPM The green indicator starts flashing ap proximately 500 RPM before the set figure and illuminates from the set figure q Break in schedule page 5 38 NOTE e There may be a slight difference be tween the timing of the upshift indica tor illumination and the tachometer indication e When the battery terminal is discon nected the set memory will be erased and the mode returns to the default BRIGHTNESS WUT TT Te INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON TROL The instrument brightness can be adjusted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Press the switch to adjust the brightness up 1 or down The brightness level is shown on the vehicle information display When the headlights are on the brightness of the interior switches is also adjusted at the sam
31. C the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set personal computer or cellular phone Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please con tact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and the glove box 14 Locking with mechanical key page 3 6 12 Glove box page 2 57 Valet hand off When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to t
32. Ib 1 kg on the hook CONSOLE BOX COAT HOOKS Lift up the lock knob Q to open the lid To use the coat hook push the hook A to To close the center console box press on the lid release until it locks in place NOTE The console box contains a power outlet 2 58 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position If the drivers or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled Driver s side 1 Window lock button 2 Driver s window switch 3 Front passenger s window switch Front passenger s side 4 Front passenger s window switch Main power window switch driver s side To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver s side switches will open or close all the windows Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is pushed in only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel Instruments and controls 2 59 Passenger s side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it Automatic operation To fully open or close the window completely push down or pu
33. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precau tions e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION Always attach safety chains before towing If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated NOTICE Never tow the vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain In case of emergency 6 9 6 10 Front In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery device Front Using a suitable tool wrapped with a cloth remove the cover from the fro
34. P 3 27 Power windows P 2 59 Daytime running light P 2 49 Headlight and turn signal P 2 48 P 8 28 Tires and wheels P 5 4 P 6 2 P 8 31 P 9 9 RON ONDA 0 4 Illustrated table of contents REAR 1 High mounted stop light P 8 28 9 Trunk P 3 8 P 3 19 3 Rear window defroster P 2 48 4 Satellite antenna ITEMS GT R SPECIFIED FUEL Unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 98 1 Fuel 1 Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 98 to maximize vehicle performance If 93 AKI number Research octane number 98 premium gasoline is not available you may use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 but you may notice a decrease in performance Rear combination light P 8 28 Fuel filler door P 3 22 P 9 4 Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1 i 11 Window lock button P 2 59 12 Power door lock switch P 3 5 Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual J 8 9 10 11 12 1 Coat hooks P 2 58 7 Inside rearview mirror P 2 63 P 3 26 9 Inside lock knob P 3 5 8 Center console box P 2 58 3 Interior light control switch P 2 61 USB memory oper
35. The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 45 PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be
36. a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so 13 Seat belts page 1 6 Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle
37. all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch or power door lock switch The power door lock switch should be operated while the door is open and then closed 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is act
38. and possible damage to the emission control system KEJ Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC set up switch is pushed to OFF for more than 1 second 1 VDC transmis sion and suspension setup switches page 5 24 This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system page 5 47 AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the a or 20 position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime A chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Reverse reminder chime if so equipped The chime will sound if the shift lever i
39. back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When tt is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane Starting and driving 5 7 e f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradu ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main taining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage 2 Wheels and tires page 8 31 If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 5 8 Starting and driving The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losi
40. battery runs down The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door Remote keyless entry operation NOTE When the driver s door is locked or unlocked the fuel filler door is auto matically locked or unlocked at the same time When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation Setting hazard indicator and horn mode page 3 13 Locking doors 1 Move the shift lever to the GJ position push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all the doors 3 Push the LOCK f button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once NOTE e Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK button 2 on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK Q button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of th
41. be replaced e The GT R uses specially designed run flat tires which have a rigid side wall Special equipment and procedures are required when replacing these tires NISSAN recom mends that tire replacement be performed at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer e Specific tire changing equipment must be used to remove the GT R tires from the wheel and to install the GT R tires onto the wheel It is only possible to reuse the tires when they have no cracks and or deforma tions on the bead portion of the tire If the incorrect equipment is used to remove the GT R tires from the wheel and to install the GT R tires onto the wheel cracks and deformation may occur on the bead portion of the tires meaning that the tires cannot be reused Contact a GT R certified dealer if the tires need to be removed from the wheels e When reusing tires contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Road wheels Using non genuine GT R wheels may cause the following e vehicle vibration e the tire coming loose from the wheel during a flat tire e reduced wheel lug nut tightness SUSPENSION Genuine GT R special suspension Use only genuine GT R special suspension components Using non genuine GT R suspension compo nents can affect vehicle performance and may cause body damage when driving depending on the road conditions BRAKE PAD AND DISC ROTOR Genuine GT R brake pads and disc rotors Use only genuine GT R brake pads and disc rotors This ve
42. briefly and then go off f apsor O H 8 8 0 S If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 2 24 Instruments and controls Intelligent Key warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Low beam light indicator light Transmission warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light WARNING LIGHTS Ee All Wheel Drive AWD warn ing light The awp warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink 15 All Wheel Drive AWD page 5 39 Cruise main switch indicator light Cruise set switch indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to RWD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same as that specified on th
43. deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec tion 12 Engine cooling system page 8 10 BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly 2g Battery page 8 16 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 5 50 Starting and driving TIRE EQUIPMENT The GT R summer tires are made from a specially formulated rubber to maximize the vehicle s performance capabilities Performance of summer tires is substantially reduced when temperatures are less than 32 F 0 C so you must drive carefully NISSAN recommends the use of winter or all season tires on all four wheels if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions when temperatures are less than 32 F 0 C Never use summer tires when the temperature is below 4 F 20 C to prevent permanent tread deformation which may cause tire damage or tire failure
44. eae 2 61 Interior light Control SWitCh sssssssseeessss 2 61 10 4 NPAT EPOE MG NES ssn 2 61 LC Sissel cae tee cece ete 8 28 Map TIS FATS seien secetccastincensacarctee vaerctentecuetsnectenetrs 2 61 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 44 Vanity mirror lights ccc etcer ets exter etsestnesttuentaestaducties 2 62 Warning MGS cae iasee eet ecteet teenie 2 24 Warning indicator lights and audible TENN CS ates etoile denice 2 24 Xenon EAC MES ceed serene eile 2 48 Limited Slip Ditierential cece nents 5 42 LEI TNS ea ccetecast cece cet E E 9 16 Lock Anti lock Braking System 5 46 Anti lock Braking System warning 2 36 Automatic door lock SYStOM ccceeieeeeeeees 3 5 Freeing a frozen door lOCK rtcricsiccveccivcesescnccercess 5 50 Locking with inside lock Knob sessies 3 5 Locking with mechanical key 3 6 Locking with power door lock switch 04 3 5 Steering lock release malfunction indicator 2 42 Low brake fluid warning sssssssssssssrsrisrsrsrrsrerssrsrsnens 2 35 Low fuel warning sssssssssesrssrsrsnssrsrrsrerrnrsrsnnnnsnnnnsnennenns 2 39 Low tire pressure WarnIng ssssssssssesreisrrerersrererens 2 37 Low washer fluid warning sssssssssssrssssrerssrsrssrerrrenes 2 40 Lower anchors and tethers for children system 1 16 Maintenance Explanation of maintenance items 8 4 General MaintenanCe sesesserrerrrrrrr 8 3 8 4 Maintenance information ssssceeeeece GTR 3 Maintenance precautionS sssss
45. front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home DO NOT tow the GT R with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts Tow the GT R with all four wheels off the ground 15 Towing your vehicle page 6 8 UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1
46. gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol and wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with the appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such metha nol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance malfunctions At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels im mediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE NOTICE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxyge nates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NOTICE NISSAN
47. if necessary by a GI R certified NISSAN dealer Even if the tire is inflated to the specified COLD tire pressure the warning light will continue to illuminate until the system is reset by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer If you select the tire pressure information in the multi function display the LOW PRESSURE warning message will be displayed The tire pressure for each tire will also be displayed Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual Your vehicle can be driven for a limited time on a flat tire 14 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS page 5 4 1 Tire Pressure Mon itoring System TPMS page 6 2 TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS page 5 4 13 Tire pressure page 8 31 A WARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with un der inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and i
48. indicator appears on the vehicle information display Ja Intelligent Key insertion indicator page 2 42 In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port allows you to start the engine Make sure that the mechanical key side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull Starting and driving 5 11 the Intelligent Key out of the port 1 Intelligent Key battery replace ment page 8 26 NOTICE Never place anything except the Intelli gent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause damage to the equipment NOTE e Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it into the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect direction e Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position e The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator in the vehicle information display replace the battery as soon as possible 5 12 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check
49. is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed three consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the shift lever to the GJ position Starting and driving 5 9 OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START The operating range for starting the engine inside the vehicle is shown in the illustration e f the Intelligent Key is on the instrument panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box door pocket cup holders or console box or the corner of the passenger compartment it may not be possible to start the engine Carry the Intelligent Key and try to start the engine again e If the Intelligent Key is near the door or door glass outside the vehicle it may be possible to start the engine 5 10 Starting and driving ON a LOCK ACC jt IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the Int
50. jack head into the recess A of the jack up point by turning the jackscrew clockwise with your fingers 3 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the wheel NOTE When putting a wheel on the ground put it down with the outer side of the wheel facing up to prevent scratching of the wheel surface 6 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the brake disc rotor 4 and wheel 2 Tighten the wheel nuts by hand by turning them clockwise until the tapered part A of each nut lightly contacts the seat part of the wheel hole When replacing a front wheel make sure the hole in the wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake disc rotor Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 8 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated until they are tight 9 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE As soon as
51. located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat ing The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit Example 1 Occupants Luggage Load limit Available cargo 1 400 Ib re x S and luggage load 640 kg capacity 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 1 070 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg 485 kg Example 2 Occupants Luggage Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occu pants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occu pants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in
52. missing G4 Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a GT R certified NISSAN dealer The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Check the vehicle information display or use the dipstick to check the oil level 147 Engine oil level display page 2 12 1 Checking engine oil level page 8 12 NOTICE Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so E Intelligent Key warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible EJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires The low tire pressure warning light wa
53. moving unexpectedly due to an erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle information display ta Warning display page 2 32 14 Operation displays page 2 41 When a chime or beep sounds or a warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE on pushing the nen The SHIFT j a eae cates the apay ana The shift lever is not in the GJ position Shift the shift lever to the GJ position switch to stop the engine the inside warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF When opening the driver s door a position position The inside warning chime sounds continuously to get out of the vehicle The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Remove the Intelligent Key from the Key port Intelligent Key port The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside The ignition switch is in the ACC or Push the ignition switch to the OFF warning chime sounds for approximately 3 sec ON position position When closing the door after onds getting out of the vehicle er aa a l e The ignition switch is in the ACC or Move the shift lever to the GJ position and OFF position and
54. normal mode The normal mode is recommended for normal driving Move the VDC transmission and suspension setup switches up or down to change the mode when Push and hold the switch for longer than approximately 1 second Push the switch the engine is running The selected mode is maintained even if the shift lever is moved between EY and M position Starting and driving 5 25 NOTICE FEATURES OF EACH MODE e ESC Electronic Stability Control Transmission OFF indicated on the VDC setup The transmission mode differs depending on the shift lever position ZY or W switch stands for VDC OFF e When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators EN position on the setup switches may illumi e In addition to the normal mode functions this mode allows you to achieve higher nate briefly however this is not a engine speed greater powertrain torque and engine braking malfunction e With the VDC switch in R mode the R mode start function can be used agp R mode start function page 5 31 e When the R mode is selected the maximum speed is lower than the one in the normal mode Normal light is off e oo and performance driving an appropriate gear position is automatically e For long distance driving this mode helps improve fuel economy by reducing engine output compared to the normal mode e The engine response to accelerator operation changes to be less sensitive to ped
55. of the AWD clutch system and damage the system Adjust the accelerator pedal position to stop wheel spin TIGHT CORNER BRAKING PHE NOMENON If the steering wheel is turned more than half a turn when the vehicle is started when it is cold it may be harder to move the vehicle forward and backward This phenomenon is known as the tight corner braking phenomenon This phenomenon is unique to AWD vehicles and occurs due to a difference in speeds between the front and rear wheels while the vehicle is turning This does not indicate that there is a malfunction NOTE e If the tight corner braking phenomenon occurs a slipping sound may be heard from the tires or a squeaking sound may be heard from the drive system Reducing tight corner braking phe nomenon The tight corner braking phenomenon can be temporarily reduced by switching the transmis sion to 2WD mode The driving mode will switch to 2WD and only when the steering wheel is turned widely more than half turn at low speed below approximately 6 MPH 10km h The phenomenon cannot be reduced except when the steering wheel is turned widely at a low speed To reduce the phenomenon push the transmis sion setup switch down for approximately 4 seconds while the engine is running The SAVE mode indicator will blink once and will then turn off e f the SAVE mode is already selected the SAVE mode indicator will blink once and then illuminate again 13 VD
56. of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants Starting and driving 5 3 NOTICE Do not use leaded gasoline Depos its from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s abil ity to help reduce exhaust pollu tants Keep your engine tuned up Mal functions in the ignition fuel injec tion or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine mis fires or if noticeable loss of perfor mance or other unusual operating 5 4 Starting and driving conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dama ging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warm ing it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determ
57. or loss of vehicle control 3rd ST 4th DRIVING TIPS After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the shift lever button before shifting the shift lever from the GJ position to the BY D or HM M position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the shift lever The transmission is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from J to any other position The shift lever cannot be moved out of the GJ position and into any other position with the ignition switch other in the LOCK OFF or ACC position When accelerating from a stop Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the shift lever button to shift into a driving gear as following e To drive forward move the shift lever to the EN position e To back up move the shift lever to the E position Starting on level ground or an uphill 1 Check the shift lever position indicator on the instrument panel to confirm that the driving gear is selected 2 Release the parking brake 3 Release the foot brake pedal gradually then slowly depress the accelerator pedal to start the vehicle in motion 15 R mode start function page 5 31 NOTE e To prevent the clutch from overheating when the parking brake is applied engine output is limited when the accelerator pedal is depressed In par ticular the vehicle may not start smoothly when the accelerator pedal is depressed with
58. page 1 6 After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits with their back straight up and contacting the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries or damage NOTICE Make sure the front seatback does not contact the rear seat when reclining the seat When the front seat is reclined to the rearmost position it may contact the rear seat This may cause an indentation in the seatback FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Seat Adumon Forward and backward Move the switch A forward or ba
59. performed by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 5 46 Starting and driving BRAKE ASSIST ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels
60. phenomenon can be reduced if the transmission setup switch is operated to switch to the 2WD mode only when turning the steering wheel widely at low speed 2g Tight corner braking phenomenon page 5 41 e An ultralight flywheel is provided to achieve rapid engine response to the accelerator pedal operation The engine rotation fluctuations Ultralight flywheel become larger than conventional vehicles Rattling shaking or jarring noises may be heard when idling or driving at a low speed e Rattling noises may be heard when the engine is started or stopped GTR 28 GT R Overview 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Passenger compartment cssssseeseteeseseseteteeeeeeeeteteeeteeaeees 0 6 S SIE COP E gw ataeieeiaaeteeestoe 0 2 CODE o E 0 7 Er aa NE A EE 0 2 Instrument panel a a 0 8 RO E cssa sense eae 0 3 Meters and CAUCE saiisine iniiae 0 9 EONO oa eee ine ese ee cnn nu tieeeece ata taneeeonsacieeeeeee ccurnasente 0 4 Engine MMO UINNGIAT sirsiran ia 0 10 PUN E acess eeceeseceeaee 0 4 Warning and indicator lights OEE TEENE 0 11 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS FRONT 7 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor P 1 37 8 Front seats P 1 3 1 Seat belt Page 1 6 4 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 31 9 Rear seat walk in lever P 1 5 5 Seat belt pretensioner P 1 42 3 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental 6 Front seat moun
61. possibility that brake cooling perfor mance may be reduced due to the decrease of the air flow to the brake system Use only GT R special specification parts Front bumper The shape of the bumper helps pull air into the engine compartment through the front wheel housing to cool the radiator and brakes Instal ling an aftermarket bumper may affect the air flow in the engine compartment and decrease the brake and engine cooling performance An aftermarket bumper may also change vehicle balance by reducing front down force Rear wing Installing an aftermarket rear wing may change the down force balance between front and rear of the vehicle This can affect the handling characteristics of the vehicle and affect the operation of the ABS and VDC systems NOTICE Modifications to exterior parts may affect engine and transmission cooling performance which can increase the temperature in the engine compart ment This can affect the operation or damage parts located in the engine compartment GT R PERFORMANCE OPTIMIZATION SERVICES In addition to the regular maintenance recom mended by NISSAN the GT R requires the following special inspections e Wheel alignment inspection and adjustment if necessary including tire pressure ad justment e Increase tightening of the drive shaft and center nut on hub e Engine settings balancing right and left air flow e Transmission settings e Checking the exhaust finisher and
62. possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 97 ft lb 132 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tigh tened to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver s door opening 10 Securely store the jacking equipment in the vehicle MEMO Maintenance and do it yourself 8 47 MEMO 8 48 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants s s s 9 2 Fuel recommendation cscs sicasescacetecconstoncacsssssseverecseeiecenes 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations sexectestecrereenececreneenseoreeedeecesetes 9 7 ECNE ONS aE 9 8 EN U E E E A T AEE E E E 9 8 Wheels and tires sxteccscencctctcacectasietiricleentucssstomeacamectenets 9 9 DIMENSIONS sanasmaasanansdngaauhuhen renea anaa inntaaaaanannna 9 10 When traveling or registering your vehicle in VOU COUN aeania EEES 9 11 Vehicle Identificator sassiissniisiisinnessansassasnainnoieneniiaaaaneis 9 11 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 00
63. prefer a GT R certified NISSAN dealer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE GT R certified NISSAN dealers are required to have additional training and equipment and are the only NISSAN dealers authorized to perform warranty work on key vehicle performance systems such as engine transmission suspen sion and brakes If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by a GI R certified NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealer information systems They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehi cles before work begins You can be confident that a GT R certified NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance require ments on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way To find a GT R certified NISSAN dealer near you call 1 866 668 1GTR in the US or 1 800 387 0122 in Canada or go to www gtrnissan com Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a GT R certified NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a GT R certified NISSAN
64. proper mixture ratio of 50 antifreeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water mix is used Inspection and adjustments of tires suspension clutch and brakes The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving e Check the engine transmission differential and under the vehicle for oil and coolant leaks e Before engaging in performance driving the clutch clearance may need to be adjusted See your GT R certified NISSAN dealer for information GTR 14 GT R Overview NOTICE Failure to have the clutch properly adjusted before performance driving may cause the transmission oil tem perature to increase which may cause transmission damage e Check the steering and suspension system and other links for loose and or damaged parts before and after driving e Measure and adjust the wheel alignment 1 Wheel alignment page GTR 9 e Check tire wear and cracking e Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure as necessary when the tires are cold 13 Wheels and tires page 8 31 4 14 32 50 68 86 20 10 0 10 20 30 0 73 5 0 1 45 10 0 2 18 15 0 90 0 3 63 25 0 Change in tire pressure psi kPa 35 0 c 4 35 30 0 i 5 80 40 0 Temperature F C The chart above indicates an example of the change in tire pressure air when measured and adjusted with tire pressure at 77 F 25 C according
65. result in serious personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pretensioner system components should be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection 1 7 instructions and replacement re commendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoul
66. same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Examples Summer or All Season and construction A GT R certified NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year around including snowy and icy road conditions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON on the tire sidewall Summer tires The GT R summer tires are made from a specially formulated rubber to maximize the vehicle s performance capabilities Performance of summer tires is substantially reduced when temperatures are less than 32 F 0 C so you must drive carefully NISSAN recommends the use of winter or all season tires on all four wheels if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions when temperatures are less than 32 F 0 C Never use summ
67. sensor resulting in impro per operation OUTSIDE MIRRORS Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Adjusting the outside mirrors 1 Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror 4 2 Operate the control switch to adjust the mirror angle Adjust the mirrors before starting to drive Adjusting the mirrors during driv ing is dangerous as it reduces the driver s attention to the forward direc tion Folding the outside mirrors Press the switch down 2 to fold the outside mirrors Press the switch up 4 to unfold the mirrors before driving CAUTION e Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving Your hand may be pinched and the mirror may mal function e Do not drive with the mirrors stored You will be unable to see behind the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 NOTE If the switch is operated continuously the mirror may stop before movement is completed This does not indicate that there is a malfunction Wait a few moments then operate the switch again If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand the mirrors may start movin
68. somewhat harder to close than those of an ordinary vehicle especially when the vehicle is new This is because the stiffness of the rubber has been in creased to improve the airtightness of the vehicle interior during situations such as higher speed driving This does not indicate that there is a malfunction e When the driver s door is locked or unlocked the fuel filler door is auto matically locked or unlocked at the same time When the door is being opened the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly Ja Automatic adjusting function page 2 60 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock a door individually push down the inside lock knob to the lock position 4 then close the door To unlock lift up the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 NOTE When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the drivers and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position 4 with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door NOTE When locking the door this way be sure not to leave the Intelligent
69. special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 1 39 Other supplemental front air bag precautions A WARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bag inflates Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air
70. sssssssssssssrsrsssrsrsrenrsrsrennss 3 19 Trunk lid release switch ssssssssesssssesnsesesnsnsernsnenensersesrens 3 19 Trunk release power cancel switch sesser 3 20 Opening and closing the trunk sssssesssssssesssrsrsrssesrsrne 3 20 Emergency trunk lid release sssesessesesesesesesensesessesnn 3 21 P eltiller GOON eierescegasstseveseurereueet cacecetsecks teraa veeesscttses cease 3 22 Opening the fuel filler door oo eeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeees 3 23 Closing the fuel filler door cecesseseeeeeeteteeeeeeeeteees 3 24 Steering wheel ssinseicssxespvicecravarerpsvonnsassecurvennvernieaendemines 3 25 Tilt telescopic steering ColUMN nssssssesersisrssrsrsrsrnsss 3 25 OC VISORS E A A E EEE 3 26 VME i E T E A E E E E A EA 3 26 iniside Mirror az cteccctisonecenesseevdeseyacisuernscutssceescceusedssenecsccaccnes 3 26 Qutside AMIGO aioe terc eee ccs cece crc ceeaenacecmenncresnncenneess 3 27 Vanity La ape eeeeer er seer meine ar eretne Rete eter naai 3 28 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a GI R certified NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be du
71. steering wheel is locked electrically unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impossible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged Pay special atten tion that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking the doors check that the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then close the trunk e Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door INTELLIGENT KEY FUNCTIONS It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door and trunk lid by pushing the request switch on the outside door handles and the trunk lid Intelligent Key operating range The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each reques
72. system Hill Start Assist HomeLink Universal Transceiver How to switch the modes How to use R mode start function Idle speed is not steady If your vehicle is stolen If your vehicle overheats Ignition switch operation Ignition switch positions In the event of a collision Increase tightening of the drive shaft and center nut on MUD asic eect teeeciewed GTR 7 Increase tightening of the strut support bar attachment section with the shock absorber GTR 8 Increasing fuel CC OMOMNY caccestaccnrctctecrtsineetiersccuceie 5 39 Indicator a eg eeeene meer ener rerere tree ney Creer arte rnnreeears 2 61 Indicators and CIS NAY oa cael ceeds orn eect 5 34 TF Ui es eer ee ee Serer sen Ont ce ee eee 1 13 Injured perSonS ssesssssssrsrisrssrsneseniniernniennninnennenennnennnnns 1 8 Inside MION irska ener n dunt ceeee eerie 3 26 Inspection and adjustments after driving GTR 17 Inspection and adjustments before driving GTR 12 Inspection and adjustments of tires suspension and brakeS sssseseseresrsrrsrrne GTR 20 Inspection and adjustments of tires suspension clutch and brakes GTR 14 Installing front license plate 9 13 Installing top tether Sia ewcicenntiantiecnmene 1 27 Instrument brightness control 2 11 Instrument DINGY oreccee ascearscseenverncuencesenebnentenatscensceuniases 2 4 Intelligent cs oct ads eeeedeca rene st seme terete 3 2 Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 11 Intelligent Key battery discharge
73. the accelerator pedal position and the vehicle speed e f the transmission is frequently changing gears while driving switch to the M position and select the appropriate gear for the driving conditions Driving on a downhill e EY position The system shifts down according to the degree of downhills to increase the effectiveness of the engine brake e QQ position When driving on a long slope selecting the W position and 4th or 3rd gear will provide gentle engine braking When driving on a steep downhill selecting the M position and 2nd or 1st gear will provide powerful engine braking When the shift lever is in the EY position the adaptive shift control system will stay in a low gear in order to maintain the effectiveness of the engine brake However if the vehicle is traveling too fast depend ing on the degree of the slope you should shift to the J position and use the paddle shifter to shift down If you continue to use only the foot brake a high load will be applied to the brake which may overheat reducing its effectiveness Be sure to use the engine brake together with the foot brake 1 Adaptive shift control page 5 19 When driving in the Y position gear shifting will be performed automatically with the adaptive shift control system gt Adaptive shift control page 5 19 even on road conditions with continuous and sud den hills or curves However when the transmission fluid tempe
74. the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the Instruments and controls 2 65 hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owners Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following 2 66 Instruments and controls two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause und
75. the door Some examples of dangerous riding posi Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 Crash zone sensor Supplemental front impact air bag modules NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 00ND O Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Occupant classification system control unit Satellite sensors Seat belt pretensioners Air bag Control Unit ACU NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in cer
76. the engine Starting the engine Driving the vehicle Dual clutch transmission Driving tips VDC transmission and suspension setup switches How to switch the modes Features of each mode Turbocharger system R mode start TUNGOR cteccecccastansececsestyicetiacecsacectustsccscnnteontecs 5 31 How to use R mode start function sesser 5 32 Parking Drake airsean ereire a 5 32 ChUISE CONUO saresssai Eea eon 5 33 Precautions on cruise control sicctcecccs seescncsnsocceaete 5 33 Steering wheel mounted controls oo 5 34 Indicators and display ccceseceeevesescst stats eetenisteeieceneecene 5 34 Cruise Control operations ou seseeeeeeseeeeteteeeeeeeeees 5 35 Hill Start ASsiSt ssp saveas sscsasciuscscesesusuioesvaansnessaessnsannnensessseesoiatent 5 37 Break iN SOMGOUING sssrin eniga 5 38 Wheel alignment sssssssssssssrssrsssrsnsnnsnsnsnsnnnnunsnensnnsnensnensas 5 38 Increasing fuel Economy sssssssssrssrsssnsrnnnsnsnsnennsnensnenennsnnnnnns 5 39 All Wheel Drive AWD sssssssssrsssrrssssresssrensrrrnssrrensrrensrrensns 5 39 AWD warming NOUN sraissinsisssaneniiosininoninocain 5 39 Tight corner braking phenomenon sss 5 41 NE SS E E A O E 5 42 AWD system characteristics cticcececeesctseeececcitecosiecnses 5 42 Limited Slip Differential LSD o c icc ceseseseseseesesesteseees 5 42 Parking parking on hills oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeteeeeteeaeeees 5 43 Power stesen ses ececeschececst cares cocevescenesccace sete aarp eneee 5 4
77. the enlarged diameter ex haust finisher and the rear bumper is realized by using highly rigid exhaust mount rubber to control rear muffler vibration The clearance between the exhaust finisher and the rear GTR 8 GT R Overview bumper may alter as the exhaust mount rubber changes shape due to vibration passage of time and high exhaust temperature during high performance driving Therefore inspection of the clearance is necessary during the GT R special inspection and when engaging in performance driving INCREASE TIGHTENING OF THE STRUT SUPPORT BAR ATTACH MENT SECTION WITH THE SHOCK ABSORBER During the first GT R special inspection after 1 000 miles the strut support bar attachment bracket and shock absorber each one on the left and right sides must be tightened to the specified tightening specification The strut support bar attachment bracket and shock absorber each one on the left and right sides must be tightened to the specified tightening specification 300 600 miles 500 1000 km after the support bar or shock absorber have been removed or installed 147 Engine compartment check locations page 8 8 BREAK IN SCHEDULE NOTICE Follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and econo my of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced vehicle performance Please observe the following typ
78. the illustration RARR CLEA 30 Ib x 4 120 Ib 280 kg 15 kg Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib oe 300 kg Steps for determining correct load limit k Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Ol 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle 1947 Measurement of weights page 9
79. the parking brake applied on an uphill grade To enable smooth starting release the parking brake before moving the vehicle e The hill start assist function operates when the vehicle is accelerating from a stop on an uphill Hill Start Assist page 5 37 Starting and driving 5 21 When driving the vehicle Do not move the shift lever to the DJ position while driving Doing so may result in an accident due to loss of engine braking It may also damage the transmission Normal driving Drive with the shift lever in the E position The appropriate gear will be automatically shifted according to the position of the accel erator pedal the driving speed and driving conditions Passing e EQ position Fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Then depress the accelerator pedal as needed to adjust vehicle speed e QQ position Use the paddle shifter to down shift then fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor Then depress the accelerator pedal as needed to 5 22 Starting and driving adjust vehicle speed Hill climbing e When the vehicle speed decreases de press the accelerator pedal to the floor with the shift lever in the E position This automatically shifts the transmission into a lower gear and maintains this position depending on the gradient of the hill e The system may down shift according to
80. the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passen ger air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your GT R certified NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a
81. warning appears when the shift lever is moved to the J position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT J warning appears If this warning appears push the ignition switch to the OFF position 2 42 Instruments and controls STEERING LOCK RELEASE MAL FUNCTION INDICATOR This indicator appears when the steering wheel lock cannot be released from the LOCK posi tion If this indicator appears push the ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left INTELLIGENT KEY INSERTION INDI CATOR This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key needs to be inserted into the Intelligent Key port for example the Intelligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction 2 Intelligent Key battery dis charge page 5 11 INTELLIGENT KEY REMOVAL INDI CATOR This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE INDICATOR This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one I Intelli
82. 3 SET indicator 3 RESUME ACCELERATE switch pressed up Informs the driver that the vehicle is driving at the Raises the set vehicle speed set speed 4 CANCEL switch Cancels cruise control 5 34 Starting and driving CRUISE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS Constant speed driving To set the cruising speed perform the following procedure 1 Push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator will come on CRUISE 60 EJ CJ 2 Accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The SET indicator will illuminate in the instrument panel Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed NOTE If the vehicle speed reaches approximately 3 MPH 5 km h over the set speed the set speed on the vehicle information display blinks Passing another vehicle To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Increasing the set vehicle speed To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch e Push and then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by ab
83. 5 Brake SY SUCIM sssrapssisu a recess eeeteeiec reece 5 45 Braking 9 c167 lt Wid 6 aren erence een er ere eer 5 45 Parking brake break in seccdecesecevssiseneticsstinetneeseciercsneeest 5 46 Brake ASSISt ccccsscssssccccccssessececcccccecenssesecececececesensssnsceeeceeees 5 46 Anti lock Braking System ABS cssesseeeeees 5 46 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 47 Cold weather driving lt ssssnscsnenenasssszscenvecsanteunantanescscetes vinnncinine 5 50 Freeing a frozen door lock sssssssssssssssssnsrerenerenenenrnnenens 5 50 Anti freeze oe eeeeccseceeecseseeseeeeseesessesecseeaesesseseeseeassesseeateetaeaes 5 50 ose A eee ree ee eee ene nee ee ee ee 5 50 Draining of coolant water seeeteeeeeeteeeteteeeees 5 50 Tire 16 01 oe a sararae EEE aE Taye 5 50 Special winter equipment eseseeeeteteeeeeteteeeeteeees 5 50 Driving ON SNOW OF ICC qu seceseeeececeeceeeeteseeteeeeeeeeeeetaees 5 50 Engine block heater if so equipped sseeeeeees 5 51 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent op eration of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or ani
84. 9 11 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 11 Engine serial number sssssssssssssssrssssrsrsnsrrsrsnsnsnnnrensnsnsnnsnes 9 12 F M V S S C M V S S certification label esses 9 12 Emission control information label nsss 9 12 Tire and loading information label sessen 9 13 Air conditioner specification label seses 9 13 Installing front license plate ssessssseesersisssrsrsrrrisrsrsrnnsnsnns 9 13 Vehicle loading information ssssssssssssssrsrssssrsrsrensnnsnsnsnnsnsnsas 9 14 TE na E sconces 9 14 Vehicle load capacity sssessssssssssersrsnsrnsnsnsnnsnsnsnsnsnnensnnas 9 15 Loading Tps sasssa E eee ee 9 16 Measurement of weights sssssssssssssrsrsrssnsnsnsnnsnensnnnesnsas 9 16 Toving AAI saser a 9 17 REUE E O E E TE eee 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading ssssssssssssssssssrsrsrssrsrsrsrssnsrsrnsnns 9 17 Treadwear semadisetiisinoiedsaornaenaninn iiion 9 17 Traction AA A B and uesssssssisisrisrisirsrrrrrnn 9 17 Temperature A B and hasssssssesssesrsrssisrerisrrrerersrs 9 18 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Reporting safety defects sssessssssrsrsrssrsrsnssnsrensnensnnsnsnnnns 9 19 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test EE E E E OA E E 9 20 Event Data Recorders EDR sesssseseserrererrrrerrrrerreren 9 20 Vehicle status data recorder VSDR essees 9 21 Handing or dala sersan 9 21 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 22 In the event OF a collision seseccttii
85. C transmis sion and suspension setup switches page 5 24 To stop reducing push the transmission setup switch down for approximately 4 seconds again The driving mode will switch to the normal AWD mode Reduction of the tight corner braking phenom enon will be cancelled when e the R mode is selected with the transmission setup switch e the SAVE mode is selected with the transmission setup switch and the OFF mode is selected with the VDC setup switch e the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position e the R mode start function is used Normal condition Push down for 4 Seconds Tight comer braking phenomenon is reduced Push down for 4 seconds Starting and driving 5 41 TIRES This vehicle is equipped with special tires When changing the tires install the designated special tires Replacing tires as a set of four with new ones is recommended However if a tire is punctured or damaged it may be possible to replace only the damaged tire Determining whether one tire or a complete set of tires should be replaced is based on a number of factors including tire wear and condition Con tact your GT R certified NISSAN dealer They can recommend if an individual tire or a complete set should be replaced NOTICE If tires other than the designated tires tires with large differences in wear or tires of different sizes are installed the AWD performance will be degraded and the drive m
86. CE Never install tire chains on a punctured run flat tire as this could damage your vehicle Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads that are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated because your vehicle is equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires over 6 years old checked by a qualified techni cian because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire NISSAN dealer They can recommend if an individual tire or a complete set should be replaced When replacing a tire use the specified size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped tg Wheels and tires page 9 9 NOTICE 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself failure and possible personal injury e For additional information re garding tires refer to
87. Dynamic Control VDC systemi Waning ele a sss 2 36 AWD clutch high temperature warning sesse 2 36 Front rear tire size discrepancy warning seses 2 37 AWD system warning sssssssssssrsrsrssssssnsnsnenesnsnsnennensnsnnne 2 37 Low tire pressure Warning ssssessssrsssrssrersrenesnsnsnsnnsnsnsae 2 37 Run ilat tre Warning asseruit 2 38 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Warming sassarese 2 38 Cruise control system warning sesssesesersssssreresreereres 2 38 Low iuel Warming isssmasnriisdnennodiiisiioniia 2 39 Door trunk open Warning sseeseeseeeesetseeteeeetteteteteeeatees 2 39 LOW Washer fluid Warning sececccossccehcedeccrcenercsisceceieeys 2 40 INO koy Waring sitaciecsaceesonanecseceteescnstaceceteanieceuieseeaaceuemaes 2 40 Operation displays cs atcinnsnssnsacnassipneveseveciaaanneniusundscdsatastbarccevet 2 41 Engine start operation indicator s ssssssseeern 2 41 Shift P warning cassnesivsvnsubsacbedentpaneeaneevenioscsdoneseaessenaeersene 2 41 PUSR WNG eai 2 42 Steering lock release malfunction indicator 2 42 Intelligent Key insertion indicator sssssssssesessen 2 42 Intelligent Key removal indicator 2 43 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator 04 2 43 Security SyYStemMS sescscscsdeenenqnivedessers ehienreinsenetguaciceescemmariaite 2 43 Vehicle security System ssssssssssssrsrsresssnsrsrrersnsnensnnsnsnnnes 2 43 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System sses 2 45 Windshield wiper and washer switc
88. E WASHER Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times NOTE When the level of washer fluid is low a warning display appears on the vehicle information display 7s Low washer fluid warning page 2 40 Instruments and controls 2 47 REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SWITCH NOTICE XENON HEADLIGHTS When cleaning the inner side of the rear AWARNING window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster AX HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve To defog defrost the rear window start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light on the switch will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 hicle to a GT R certified NISSAN NOTE dealer and have the headlights When the rear window defroster switch is adjusted correctly pressed the heated outside mirrors also operate at the same tim
89. EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light in the instrument panel or the LOW PRESSURE information screen on the display This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h 72 Low tire pressure warning light page 2 26 1 Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS page 5 4 damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light off If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat Whe
90. Exhaust muffler and trunk Carpet GTR 6 Exterior parts spoiler tC ccsssssesssessesessesssesteseees GTR 6 GT R performance optimization Services sesse GTR 7 Wheel alignment inspection and adjustment if necessary including tire pressure adjustment cessseseseseseseeseseeseeeeseeeseestees GTR 7 Increase tightening of the drive shaft and center nut 0 a E are ee nnn E E E E renee GTR 7 Engine settings balancing right and left BE TOW E E E E A A GTR 8 Transmission Settings ccespescclecceetececdadittugettetecnerats GTR 8 Checking the exhaust finisher and rear bumper clearance sssesssssssssssrsreresssnsnsnnensnsnsnsnnensnnnenene GTR 8 Increase tightening of the strut support bar attachment section with the shock absorber GTR 8 Preak in schedule ccstiiccsccscsarsscecncncisucstadeaceetsetesbetsabensteanse GTR 8 Wheel alignment ssssessssssssssssersresssnsnsnsnnensnsnsnnnnensnsnnne GTR 9 Precautions before driving ssssssssssssrssssssrsnsresnsrensnenesnsnns GTR 9 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF mode GTR 9 Summer tires v eeeesecseseeecseseeeeeesessesesseseseseeseseeseeaesees GTR 10 All season tires sssssssssssssrseensrrenernrnsnrnnnrnnnenrnnsnnnnns GTR 10 Avoiding body damage ssssssesessssssrsrssssrsrsrssrsrsrnns GTR 10 e EEE E E MA ATN GTR 11 BOUTO sea neni non Pererenetr es ore er en eras GTR 11 Additional maintenance items ou eeeecseeeseeteteeees GTR 1 1 Precautions on performance drivi
91. F20 97Y Summer 29 200 Rear 985 35ZRF20 100Y Al Front 255 40RF20 97W 29 200 een Rear 285 35RF20 100W Make sure to use the specific tires for GT R See the 2012 Warranty Information Booklet for the applicable exclusions Refer to the following table for the details of applicable tires Summer tire All season tire Winter tire pect BRIDGESTONE PunLopsp DUNLOP SP REO7OR POTENZA SPORT SPORT MAXX DUNLOP SP BRIDGESTONE without R2 REO7OR 600 DSST GT SPORT 7010 BLIZZAK LM 25 with R2 mark 600 DSST CTT mark x x x O x GT R specified tire recommended by a GT R certified dealer Applicable as a standard or option Suitable x Not applicable Q Tire identification stamp R2 mark PRECAUTIONS FOR TIRE REPLACEMENT 1 Stamped by the side of the letters BRIDGE STONE POTENZA REO7OR on the tire s side wall as indicated in the illustration Use DUNLOP SP SPORT MAXX GT 600 DSST CTT tires specified for 2012 NISSAN GT R produced from November 2010 DUN LOP SP SPORT 600 DSST BRIDGESTONE POTENZA RE070R with without R2 mark were manufactured before November 2010 and cannot be used Contact your GT R certified NISSAN dealer to obtain information regarding the best replace ment tire for your model GT R Technical and consumer information 9 9 Road wheel Type Size Offset in mm Aa Front 20 x 9 1 2J 1 77 45 uminum Rear 20 x 10 1 2J 0 98 25 Make sure to use the specif
92. However you should also carefully read your 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Informa tion Booklet for important information concerning warranty coverage limitations and exclusions We recommend that maintenance be performed at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NISSAN will only pay for GT R Performance Optimization Services performed at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer GT R Overview GIR 11 PRECAUTIONS ON PERFORMANCE DRIVING Checking the temperature of the coolant and oils on the multi func tion display When the temperatures of the engine coolant and oil and the oil pressure exceed the normal range the color of the meter on the multi function display turns red to warn the driver When engaging in high performance driving switch the display to the function meter to display the temperature of the engine coolant and oil and the oil pressure When the color of the meter display turns red perform cool down driving When the values of the temperature and pressure return to the normal range the color of the meter display will turn back to white Warning temperature e Engine coolant temperature 230 F 110 C or higher e Engine oil temperature 275 F 135 C or higher e Transmission oil temperature 284 F 140 C or higher GTR 12 GT R Overview Cool down The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving Cool down the vehicle to help extend the life of the vehicle i
93. Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors push the power door lock switch to the unlock position 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key left in the key port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK SYSTEM e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 2 3 Close all doors Place the ignition switch in the ON position Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once The ignition switch must b
94. MA TION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION Make sure that the two POP nuts as illustrated LABEL LABEL are enclosed in the plastic bag They are used for front license plate installation The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is at o install the front license plate to your vehicle Loading Information label affixed to the door end tached as shown contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment fluids or emergency tools This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of 9 14 Technical and consumer information passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is
95. NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Book let for details including applicable exclu sions WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways NOTICE This is used to indicate a hazard that could cause damage to property or your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk follow the information and instructions If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen O 3 If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5 9 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration This indicates the title and reference page CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium bat teries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provid
96. NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or the exact equivalents NOTICE The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air con ditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service Your GT R certified NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equip ment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke in mm Displacement cu in cm Firing order Idle speed rpm Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm Spark plug Standard Spark plug gap Normal in mm Camshaft operation VR38 Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 480 95 5 x 88 4 231 83 3 799 1 2 3 4 5 6 No adjustment is necessary DILKAR8A8 0 031 0 8 Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Tire Type Size Pressure PSI kPa Cold Front 955 40ZR
97. NISSAN dealer to purchase the spring and arrange installation If a cross spring is added a clattering or GTR 16 GT R Overview squeaking sound may be heard on rare occasions Brake pad break in procedure NISSAN recommends that a special brake pad break in procedure be performed before enga ging in performance driving Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for details NOTICE At the completion of performance driv ing all fluid and other adjustments should be returned to the normal fluid specifications as shown in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual Recommended adjustments for maximum performance Replenishing coolant The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving Tire pressure Check the coolant level in the pressurized Pressure PSI kPa coolant reservoir Adjust the level so that the Starting to drive Tires are cold Front 30 5 210 31 9 220 Rear 29 200 fluid is between the MAX and MIN markings For Increasing tire pressure Tires are hot Front 39 2 270 Rear Not exceeding 37 7 260 the coolant use genuine NISSAN Long Life coolant On delivery of new vehicle the reservoir is filled to the MIN level Be sure to replenish approximately 0 3 to 0 4 US quart 0 3 to 0 4 liter of coolant NOTICE Do not o
98. QUEST SWITCH TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the Press the trunk lid release switch downwards to trunk open request switch A when the unlock the trunk Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position 72g Intelligent Key system page 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position 4 the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch or the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box with the mechanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments you Valet hand off page 3 3 To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position 2 OPENING AND CLOSING THE TRUNK When opening the trunk first unlock it then lift up the trunk lid so that it is fully open When closing the trunk lower the trunk lid and press it until it is securely locked in place The strap A can be used when the trunk lid is dirty NOTICE e Open and clos
99. R CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM WARN ING This will appear if the cruise control system is not functioning properly ta Cruise set switch indicator light page 2 30 WARNING RANGE f A Ores LOW FUEL WARNING This will appear when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position This displays the approximate distance that the vehicle can be driven based on the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption NOTE e The low fuel warning will appear when the amount of fuel remaining in the tank decreases to approximately 3 US gallons 12 liters The timing of the low fuel warning display may change depending on braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills If the vehicle is not refueled after the low fuel warning appears the display will change to This change timing may become earlier depending on the driving conditions This does not indicate that there is a malfunction WARNING EXIT J DOOR TRUNK OPEN WARNING This will appear if any of the doors and or trunk lid are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door or the trunk lid is open Instruments and controls 2 39 WARNING LOW Kaa WASHER EF T G LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING This will appear when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add wa
100. R summer tires are made from a specially formulated rubber to maximize the vehicle s performance capabilities Performance of summer tires is substantially reduced when temperatures are less than 32 F 0 C so you must drive carefully NISSAN recommends the use of winter or all season tires on all four wheels if you plan to operate your vehicle in GTR 10 GT R Overview snowy or icy conditions when temperatures are less than 32 F 0 C Never use summer tires when the temperature is below 4 F 20 C to prevent permanent tread deformation which may cause tire damage or tire failure This may cause a loss of vehicle control which can result in serious personal injury or death ALL SEASON TIRES Do not exceed the speed rating of the tire that Is installed on the vehicle AVOIDING BODY DAMAGE The GT R bumper fascia side sills and under carriage are close to the ground Drive slowly on rough or uneven roads to avoid damaging these parts Pay careful attention to wheel blocks and curbs If the front bumper contacts a wheel block curb etc the bumper and underlying parts may be damaged or cracked Be careful not to damage the aerodynamic diffuser that is installed below the engine room FUEL NISSAN recommends using fuels that contain no alcohol However fuels containing up to 10 alcohol may be used if necessary Do not use E 85 in your vehicle q2 Fuel recommendation page 9 4 NOTICE To avo
101. RE 97W kPa wall of all tires his intormation identities b Three digit number 215 This num REAR ORI 285 35RF20 29 PSI 200 ie tae eg eee pag a ber gives the width in millimeters of GINAL TIRE 100W kPa ae p the tire from sidewall edge to side identification number TIN for safety stan dard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall wall edge c Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width d R The R stands for radial e Two digit number 15 This number Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 is the wheel or rim diameter in inches f Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it Is not required by law g H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself DOT XX XX XXX XXXX Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX a DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number b Two digit code Manufacturer s iden tification mark c Two digit code Tire size d Three digit code Tire type code Optional e Three
102. Reconnect the upper and lower parts of the Intelligent Key See a GT R certified NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement NOTE After replacing the battery be sure to check and check that all Intelligent Key system functions operate correctly FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 LIGHTS 1 2 Clearance light Front turn signal light Headlight High beam Daytime running light Headlight Low beam Front side marker light DRN 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself High mounted stop light License plate light Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop back up Rear side marker light HEADLIGHTS Replacing Xenon headlight bulb Fog may te
103. S for use in the vehicle information display Unit Select METRIC or US for use in the vehicle information display This function can be used to make settings for language and unit 2 22 Instruments and controls WARNING gt DETAIL GHENT NES WARNING drive computer Warning information is displayed on the vehicle information display Press the ENTER switch J while a warning display is active to return to the original display It is also possible to check any warnings that have not been corrected 13 Warning dis play page 2 32 Checking the warnings Use the NEXT switch to select DETAIL then confirm with the ENTER switch QJ When there are multiple warnings press the ENTER switch J to change the display among them To return to the initial warning press and hold the ENTER switch J for more than 1 second NOTE If there are no warnings to display only SKIP can be selected Instruments and controls 2 23 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on SERVICE E eae Or ENGINE 4A AWD CRUSE The following lights come on
104. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors 13 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH page 1 16 If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle LATCH label locat
105. This may cause a loss of vehicle control which can result in serious personal injury or death Tire chains may be used 1 Tire chains page 8 39 If you install tires they must also be the specified size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdritts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pave ment e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reachin
106. Universal Transceiver usss 2 63 Programming HomeLink sssssssssssssesesssnn 2 63 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUStOMESS ccsscececeesseseeeteteteeeeeeseeeteeaeaeaes 2 65 Operating the HomeLink universal transceiver 2 65 Programming trouble diaQnOSIS sesser 2 65 Clearing the programmed information sesse 2 65 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 65 If your vehicle is stolen isesscstececteedresee ccocecslaceceneauveccueues 2 66 COCKPIT PE ey 8 9 10 11 12 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 48 Paddle shifters P 5 15 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Meters and gauges P 2 5 Steering wheel mounted controls right side MRK Mark switch Cruise control P 5 33 8 9 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 46 VDC transmission and suspension set up switches P 5 24 Trunk lid release switch P 3 19 Hood release handle P 3 17 10 Intelligent Key port P 5 11 11 Horn P 2 52 12 13 14 15 Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever P 3 25 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 Parking brake P 5 32 P 5 43 Shift lever P 5 15 Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL 13 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 20 1 2 3 465 6 7 Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 Outside mirror control switch P 3 27
107. a few minutes prior to shut down e Do not accelerate your engine to high engine speed immediately after start NOTICE This vehicle includes spark plugs that are designed for high performance For this reason if the engine is repeatedly started and stopped over a short time the spark plugs may become fouled making the engine difficult to start To prevent diminished starting perfor mance avoid starting and stopping the engine repeatedly during a short period of time R MODE START FUNCTION This function enables the driver to start accel eration from a stop by selecting R mode with the VDC and transmission setup switch The engine output will be maintained at approximately 4 000 rpm When using the R mode or the R mode start function always use proper seating posi tion and follow the safety instructions in Section 1 of this manual WARNING e Failure to follow the warnings and instruction for the use of this fea ture may cause a loss of vehicle control or a collision which may lead to serious personal injury or death e Make sure to drive carefully within legal limits e Only use this function when you can guarantee that is safe to do so based on the surrounding traffic conditions e Do not use this function on slippery or wet roads This may cause loss of vehicle control and could result in an accident e The R mode start function has been developed not only for controlling NOTICE th
108. a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AA WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slip pery surfaces and always drive care fully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs 5 48 Starting and driving stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN approved or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate prop erly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC warning light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not standard equipment or are extre mely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illumi nate If engine control related parts are not standard equipment or are ex tremely deteriorated the VDC warn ing light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warn ing light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable sur face such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warnin
109. acing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in CHILD SAFETY and CHILD RESTRAINTS before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Rear facing step 6 6 A
110. ack of the front seats They may be pinched and damaged HEAD RESTRAINTS The front seat head restraints are integrated into the seat and are not adjustable or removable Properly position the head restraint by adjusting the front seat so that the top of the seat is as upright as possible The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints The head re straints are not adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AA WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be prop erly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a
111. add coolant up to between the MAX and MIN level If the reservoir is empty open the radiator filler cap A and check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to between the MAX and MIN level 3 This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expec tancy of the factory fill coolant is 24 000 miles 38 400 km or 2 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the GT R Service and Main tenance Guide for more details If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Check that the level of coolant is between MAX and MIN on the pressurized radiator reservoir If the level is below the midpoint the amount of coolant circulating may be insufficient for max imum vehicle performance possibly causing engine overheating or other trouble If it is difficult to determine the midpoint between MAX and MIN remove the coolant reservoir cap and look inside through the opening to check that the coolant level is above the divider between the top half and bottom half of the pressurized coolant reservoir NOTICE e The coolant reservoir is equipped with a pressure type cap and the radiator i
112. age cuts or excessive wear NOTE e You can check the pressure of all four tires on the multi function display See the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual e The tires of this vehicle are filled with nitrogen gas When the tire pressure is low fill the tires with nitrogen Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for information on filling the tires with nitrogen e If nitrogen is not available compressed air may be safely used under normal driving conditions However NISSAN recommends refilling with nitrogen for maximum tire performance Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the War ranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Chec
113. air bag and or pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on approximately 7 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest GT R certified NISSAN dealer If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioners will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possi 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ble REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO CEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair and replacement of these sys tems should be done only by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person c
114. al movement than the normal mode The engine speed does not change as quickly for small accelerator pedal position changes e This mode controls powertrain torque on snowy roads and slippery surfaces making starting and driving easier e When the SAVE mode is selected the maximum speed is lower than the one in the normal mode 5 26 Starting and driving 0 position This mode allows you to shift gears quickly and directly e When the engine speed approaches This mode will not allow the transmission to automatically upshift even when the the red zone shift to a higher gear engine speed reaches the red zone Do not rev the engine into the red zone or reduce the engine speed Operat With the VDC switch in R mode the R mode start function can be used 12 R ing the engine in the red zone may mode start function page 5 31 cause serious engine damage For everyday and performance driving any gear position can be selected Normal light is off This mode will allow the transmission to automatically upshift even when the engine ae Ae speed is about to reach the red zone the transmission in the position For long distance high speed driving this mode improves fuel economy by reducing z available when the engine speed engine output compared to the normal mode is high However the transmission The engine response to accelerator operation changes to be less sensitive to pedal may shift more slowly when the movement than the normal mode
115. alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A WARNING e Do not drive beyond the perfor mance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control e Always use the specified tires on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully e This vehicle is not designed for offroad rough road use Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in e Do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the trans mission to any J M or GJ position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dy namometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equip ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it
116. an with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION e Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material NOTICE e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather sur faces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or am monia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If an air freshener is used take the following precautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and
117. an emission control system inspection maintenance test 139 Readiness for Inspec tion Maintenance I M test US only page 9 20 Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the SERVICE vehicle The e light should turn off after a SOON few driving trips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a GI R certified NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer NOTICE Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy
118. another seating position or a different child restraint Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only 2 Installing top tether strap page 1 27 Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s
119. anual The tire pressure sensor should be reset anytime the wheels or tires are removed or replaced If the tire is removed in order to replace the tire pressure sensor battery it may not be possible to reuse the removed tire from the wheel To replace the tire pressure sensor battery contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 5 WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE in formation is displayed on the moni tor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with un der inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light off If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat Although you can continue driving with a punctured run flat tire re member that vehicle handling sta 5 6 Starting and driving bility is reduced which could lead to an accident and personal injury Also driving a long distance at high speeds may damage the tires
120. appear if the fluid temperature of the AWD clutch becomes unusually high q All Wheel Drive AWD warning light page 2 24 A WARNING FRONT REAR TIRE SIZE MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER ZIT FRONT REAR TIRE SIZE DISCRE PANCY WARNING This will appear if the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different Tar All Wheel Drive AWD warning light page 2 24 VARNING AWD SYSTEM MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER QEXIT AWD SYSTEM WARNING This will appear if the AWD system is not functioning properly while the engine is running ta All Wheel Drive AWD warning light page 2 24 WARNING TIRE LOW PRESSURE VISIT DEALER LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING This will appear if the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light page 2 26 Instruments and controls 2 37 WARNING FLAT TIRE VISIT MR TPMS MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER EXIT RUN FLAT TIRE WARNING This will appear and a chime will sound if the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat tires This will appear if the Tire Pressure Monitoring 12 Low tire pressure warning light page 2 System TPMS is not functioning properly 26 14 Low tire pressure warning light page 2 26 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS WARNING 2 38 Instruments and controls f WARNING CRUISE SYSTEM MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALE
121. ar if the transmission clutch temperature becomes unusually high 15 Transmission warning light page 2 29 WARNING RELEASE PARKING BRAKE EXIT PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARN ING This will appear if the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied 77 Brake warning light page 2 25 14 Parking brake reminder chime page 2 31 WARNING BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW VISIT DEALER AIT LOW BRAKE FLUID WARNING This will appear if the brake fluid level becomes low 13 Brake warning light page 2 25 Instruments and controls 2 35 WARNING ABS SYSTEM MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER QEXIT FN o o ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS WARNING This will appear if the Anti lock Braking System ABS is not functioning properly Tag Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light page 2 25 16 Brake warning light page 2 25 2 36 Instruments and controls UDC SYSTEM MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER GEST VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM WARNING This will appear if the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or the hill start assist system is not functioning properly 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light page 2 30 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off in dicator light page 2 31 f WARNING f AWDCLUTCHTEMPHIGH STOP VEHICLE UNTIL WARNING TURNS OFF EXIT AWD CLUTCH HIGH TEMPERATURE WARNING This will
122. ashing If the lever is moved back right after moving up or down to the position the light will flash 3 times Instruments and controls 2 51 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road 2 52 Instruments and controls Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the high way unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on HORN To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped TURNING OFF THE HEATERS with a dry cloth Move the switch to the level position The switch e If any malfunctions are found or the indicator turns off heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system dealer Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat
123. ation 4 Map lights P 2 61 iPod player operation 5 Sun visors P 3 26 9 Cup holders P 2 55 6 Sunglasses holder P 2 56 10 Power window switches P 2 59 0 6 Illustrated table of contents COCKPIT PE ey 8 9 10 11 12 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 48 Paddle shifters P 5 15 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Meters and gauges P 2 5 Steering wheel mounted controls right side MRK Mark switch Cruise control P 5 33 8 9 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 46 VDC transmission and suspension set up switches P 5 24 Trunk lid release switch P 3 19 Hood release handle P 3 17 10 Intelligent Key port P 5 11 11 Horn P 2 52 12 13 14 15 Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever P 3 25 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 Parking brake P 5 32 P 5 43 Shift lever P 5 15 Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL 13 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 20 1 2 3 45 6 7 Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 Outside mirror control switch P 3 27 7 Glove box P 2 57 2 Center dial 8 Fuse box cover P 8 23 3 Audio system 9 Power outlet P 2 54 4 Heater and air conditioner 10 Rear window defroster switch P 2 48 5 Multi function display 11 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 38 6 Haza
124. ation of the occupant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer In stallation of electrical equipment should also be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer The Sup plemental Restraint System SRS The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The front side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another
125. ay and a chime will sound for 10 seconds The chime will only sound at the first indication of a flat tire and the run flat tire warning display will illuminate continuously When the flat tire warning is activated have the system reset and the tire checked and replaced if necessary by a 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself GT R certified NISSAN dealer Even if the tire is inflated to the specified COLD tire pressure the warning light will continue to illuminate until the system is reset by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer If the low tire pressure and the run flat tire warning appears on the vehicle information display e Do not exceed 50 MPH 80 km h e Increase your following distance to allow for increased stopping distances e Avoid sudden maneuvers hard cornering and hard braking NOTICE e Never install tire chains on a punc tured run flat tire as this could damage your vehicle e Avoid driving over any projection or pothole as the clearance between the vehicle and the ground is smal ler than normal e Donotenter an automated car wash with a punctured run flat tire e Have the punctured tire replaced by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible as the tire s performance capability is reduced Tires for All Wheel Drive AWD If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the specified size brand construction and tread pattern T
126. azard warning flasher SWItCh ssessssesssen 2 52 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 48 Headlight SWiteh isisisi iieiaei 2 49 How to switch the modes sses 5 25 Ignition switch operation ssesssssesrssrresre 5 10 Ignition switch positionS s ssssesesesersss 5 10 Interior light control SWitCh sssessssessse 2 61 Locking with power door lock switCh 3 5 Push button ignition SWITCH cnecneeenittienutens 5 9 Rear window defroster SWItCh ssessses 2 48 Trunk lid release switCh sssssesssesiesrsrssrsrsnn 3 19 Trunk open request SWItCh sesesseesssesee 3 19 Trunk release power cancel switch 5 3 20 VDC transmission and suspension Set p SVU NGS cee cece cece a creacoseecccnnerenteacnectectacect 5 24 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 46 Tachometet siirsin n 2 7 Temperature A B and CO ssssesssssessesrisrerresrereerrsrne 9 18 Terms eect eee state vate a ete etcconete 9 14 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 8 TE C WAY CALAN Sec eceats concert tends net e AS 5 3 Tight corner braking phenomenon 5 41 Tilt telescopic steering COlUMM ceeeeeee 3 25 Tire Changing wheels and tireS c eceees 8 39 Checking the tire PreSSUre ccceeeeeees 8 34 Flat TS eae coieccists eee ced eee esac eect 6 2 Front rear tire size discrepancy warning 2 37 Low tire pressure Warning 2 37 Run flat tire Wang ac ecnciecend cue aus 2 38 POUT AN UGS merenna n 6 3 Tire and loading i
127. c rotor may rust together when the brakes are not applied e f the vehicle is not idled for 20 seconds without the brakes applied or if the brakes are applied when the vehicle is shut off the rotor and pads can rust together even when the brake pads are dry e f the brakes are wet when the vehicle is parked and the parking brake is applied for a long time Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer if the brake pads and brake rotor have rusted together 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 With the foot brake pedal depressed apply the parking brake 3 Move the shift lever to the GJ position 4 Check the shift lever position indicator on the instrument panel to confirm that the D position is selected 5 Push the ignition switch to stop the engine 5 24 Starting and driving VDC TRANSMISSION AND SUSPENSION SETUP SWITCHES The control of the dual clutch transmission Bilstein DampTronic electronically controlled shock absorbers and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC can be changed to the desired modes by operating the setup switches Select the desired mode best suited to the driving conditions NOTE Bilstein DampTronic is a registered trade mark of ThyssenKrupp Bilstein Suspen sion GmbH Indicator 1 Transmission setup switch 2 Suspension setup switch 3 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC setup switch HOW TO SWITCH THE MODES Each time the engine is started all switches are set to the
128. cal and consumer information 9 5 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance 139 Capacities and recommended fuel lubri cants page 9 2 9 6 Technical and consumer information Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic is the factory fill oil The VR38 engine with its plasma sprayed bores was developed using this oil NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other OW 40 synthetic oil is used If Mobil 1 OW 40 is not available Mobil 1 10W 40 100 synthetic may be used however some performance loss may be noticed NOTICE Using an engine oil other than that specified could adversely affect the engine See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet for de tails and exclusions Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that rec
129. ce dure previously described is not fol lowed Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer if the brake pads and brake rotor have rusted together NOTICE To help reduce the possibility of the rotors and brake pads rusting Have the brake pads and or rotors quenched when the brake pads are replaced For detailed information about quenching contact a GT R certi fied NISSAN dealer After quenching the brake pads and or rotors apply a brake of 0 5G to stop the vehicle 6 7 times at leas once a week in a safe location G force can be checked on the multi function display Refer to GTR 24 GT R Overview the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual To maintain steady braking performance in both extremely high and low temperatures the gap between the brake pad and caliper is larger than normal and large size brake pads are used When driving over a bump a light rattling sound may be heard from the brake pad This does not indicate that there is a malfunction When the brake disc rotor undergoes thermal expansion a ticking noise may be heard from the engaging portion of the wheel and the brake disc rotor This does not indicate that there is a malfunction The noise will reduce when the temperature decreases In addition to noise resulting from uneven tire wear discussed in the previous section the GT R tires are more rigid than a typical passenger car tire and are made from a specially formulated rubber to maxim
130. ceceseseeeesecseeseeeees GTR 8 5 38 sc Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Changing Changing engine Coolant ssseeceeeeeee 8 12 Changing engine oil and filter tee 8 13 Changing wheels and tires 8 39 Checking Checking Ot Sc teets cteovtencaiete encores 2 24 Checking engine coolant level 8 11 Checking engine oil level eeeeeeeeeeeeteeee 8 12 Checking the tire pressure 8 34 Checking the exhaust finisher and rear bumper ClearancCe scccesecccecesseeteeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeees GTR 8 Child WS SUDA NES cs Boos chica eteeeercres ace etter ea cece 1 14 Child Safety siii iers alee caceea sue eeremrenees 1 12 Chrome partS s se seesessrssesresrerrereertsrnrnenrtsnenrsnne nenne nennen 7 4 e E E AE 8 21 Cleaning GHD TIOM rssssssscsssisanissesrkesrok Edse Sinn E RNR NER 7 2 Cleaning iINterior sssssssessesresresrereertsresrenrrsrerrsnerrnrenenrene 7 5 Clearing the programmed information 0 2 65 Closing the fuel filler dOOf ssssssssssssersresrssresrsrerrsresens 3 24 Closing the Noodi aa ecinceneeete trees 3 18 Coat NO OS anaiena epee 2 58 Cockpit casin ee eee 2 3 Cold weather driving s sesssssessrerssrssrerrerenresreeresreersnee 5 50 Console DON cacececeestteschperseenstzcattznctdhecsteomnecatenncseetssnesees 2 58 Cool COW a eee nena ete ner emer eee er mene ere GTR 12 Coolant Changing engine Coolant cceeeeeeeees Checking engine coolant level Draining of Coolant Watel scc
131. cecseeeeeee Engine coolant temperature gauge Coolant mixture UO ese cette ee eceecetent ected Corrosion protection sete cesceentesertpascsecetceeetearrecentisiieeedt Cracks on brake Dad sicceccsccsesceesecesterccinesnereveveesens Cracks on the CISC rotOrS ssssseesesersrereeerereerene Cruise COntrol s sssseessssreseeresrrrerrreerrsrerrernrerses Cruise Control OPerations ceeceecseceeeeeieeeeee 5 35 Cruise control system warning ssessseeseesssrerreseen 2 38 C p FOI ASS ise cacxcstesatcnassicsaceacnnnaasesent na E aE EEEE ES 2 55 Current fuel CONSUMPtION ssssssssssssrerssrerrerreresresrsnresens 2 15 Draining of coolant Water s ssssssessesssrsrssrsrrrsrerreres 5 50 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving ssssssssn 5 8 Drive Peltsi crete 8 18 Drive COmMpPUtET ates ete eee 2 14 Driving All Wheel Drive driving safety precautions 5 9 Cold weather CMING secczcrtcansecestanetdeasl deseseceszeence 5 50 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 8 Driving ON SNOW OF ICG ucccerieeesrasteeveceseenees 5 50 Driving the VehICIE ccceecceeseseeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 5 15 Driving iad oc eee ee nee teen ener ter tetera cere ares 5 21 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Dual clutch transSMISSION cseeeeeee GTR 25 5 15 Elapsed time and trip odometer 2 16 Emergency engine shut Off ccseeeeee 5 11 6 2 10 2 Emergency trunk lid release 3 21 Emission control information label 9 12 Emi
132. cerecsseslvsieuchibinenesetsnens 9 22 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate esac Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 19 1 2 gal 16 1 4 gal 73 8 Fuel recommendation page 9 4 Engine oil 3 Drain and refill Mobil 1 OW 40 1 With oil filter change 5 1 4 qt 4 3 8 qt 5 0 Without oil filter change 4 3 4 qt 4 qt 4 5 Cooling system With reservoir 11 5 8 qt 9 5 8 qt 11 0 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent 6 Reservoir 1 1 2 qt 1 1 4 qt 1 4 Transmission oil Drain and refill 8 10 qt 8 1 4 qt 9 4 Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special 2 Differential oil Drain and refill Front 1 3 8 pt 1 1 8 pt 0 65 Castrol SAF XJ 75W 140 2 Rear 2 7 8 pt 2 3 8 pt 1 35 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 5 Brake fluid Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II 7 Multi purpose grease E NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 4 ae NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Air conditioning system lubricants Type S or exact equivale
133. cific emission warranties For the United States see the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet For Canada see the Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Booklet If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e NISSAN Division NISSAN North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e NISSAN Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by co
134. ckly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Shoulder belt arm for front seats Before fastening the seat belt pull the shoulder belt arm forward until it clicks at the detent position The arm can also be folded down to allow rear seat passengers easier access Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access to the belt 1 11 SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten It an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a GI R certified NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in th
135. ckward until the desired seat position is obtained Driver s and front Reclining Turn the switch A forward and backward until the desired seatback angle is passenger s seats obtained The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit 12 Precautions on seat belt usage page 1 6 Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter front Push the switch up or down to raise or lower the front portion of the seat Driver s seats Seat lifter rear Move the switch A up or down to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear seat walk in This feature makes it easier to get in and out of the rear seat Use the following procedure when getting in and out of the rear seat 1 Lift up the lever and tilt the seatback forward 2 Use the seat adjustment switch A to slide the seat forward to a position where it will be easier to enter or exit the rear seats Fold the shoulder belt guide for easier access to the rear seat 3 To return the seat to its original position lift up the seatback and use the seat adjust ment switch to return the seat to Its original position NOTICE Do not place any objects near the seatb
136. cle and determine that only the brake pads need to be replaced In this case replacing all brake pads and disc rotors as a set is not necessary Note that the replacement of brake pads and the disc rotors as a set on all four wheels should be performed when a GI R certified technician determines that this is the correct repair If the inside of the disc rotors are cold during the winter and the surface becomes hot due to a heavy force being applied repeatedly to the brakes cracks may occur near the coolant hole on the surface of the disc rotor Cracks may also occur due to a heavy force being repeatedly applied to the brakes during high performance driving In these cases it may be necessary to replace the disc rotors or brake pads depending on the condition of the crack Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for replacement FUSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 2 Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder 3 Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller that is located in the engine compartment fuse box 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuses B Spare fuses are st
137. close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational A WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates e Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bags and curtain air bags This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious perso nal injury For example do not change the front seat by placing material near the seatback or by
138. consumption and speed 2 16 Avoiding body GCaMAGS scisccceesnuceseseseeea vente GTR 10 Avoiding collision and rollOver 5 7 AWD clutch high temperature warning 2 36 AWD system characteristics 5 42 AWD system WARMING ees eect eer ecndetcetecae 2 37 AWD warning WIN voceccectcvenesecetetsccecet eet creeeenerieee 5 39 Batte ynein 5 50 8 16 Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 11 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator 2 43 Before starting the CNQINe cceseseeeee 5 13 Body 1 0allseacetenatte ieee GTR 11 Booster SCANS arc cccsttaacsesuseesececeastenctecandeetuteastsenthcesterues 1 28 Brake Brake a5SiS tiiviin 5 46 Brake fluid ssssesseeseseserereesrrsreersrenrne GTR 4 8 14 Brake pad wear warning sesesesesreesersssenn 8 22 Brake Sy Stet eects Aneel eee 5 45 BS eanne a EEEa 8 22 High performance brake system 8 22 Low brake fluid Warning scccccics recente 2 35 Parking prake ceed canctier cee exectscnetsecendeuctapantenutiecectt 5 32 Parking brake BPA KR vcccisccccstececcdccer trees 5 46 Parking brake release warning 2 35 Replacing the brake pads 8 23 Self adjusting brakes jeicscicrsccseee reactants 8 22 Brake JUSt eieae GTR 25 Brake Pa nireecunema ea euietants GTR 14 Brake pad and disc Ollie ieee GTR 5 Brake pad break in procedure GTR 14 Brake system informatiOn scceeceeeee GTR 24 Braking e ge1e72 U s jl seerereeac erent nnens teat een meres 5 45 Break In SCHECUIC c
139. cover to make it easier gs Removing the cowl top cover page 8 9 PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing NOTICE Your NISSAN cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect unusual noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the GJ position Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed In case of emergency 6 7 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood If steam or water is coming from
140. cruise control will be automatically canceled Vehicle speed drops to below approximately 19 MPH 80 km h Vehicle speed drops to more than approxi mately 8 MPH 13 km h below the set vehicle speed The shift lever is moved to a position other than AW VDC operates A tire is spinning There is a malfunction in the cruise control system HILL START ASSIST e Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill Always drive carefully and atten tively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death e The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury e The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury NOTICE When the vehicle is stopped on a hill do not hold the vehicle in place b
141. ctions could cause the rotor and pads to rust together If the rotor and pads rust together there may be a popping noise and some vibration when the vehicle is driven a wheel may not roll correctly or the brake pads could be damaged If the pads are damaged this may reduce the effec tiveness of the brake system which could cause a collision serious perso nal injury or death The GT R uses brake pad materials that have high metallic content The brake pad material helps maintain braking performance in a wide range of weather and driving conditions For the first 3 000 miles 5 000 km of the vehicle s service life and for the first 3 000 miles 5 000km after a brake replacement the brake pad to brake rotor clearance is very small When parking apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the GJ position Idle the engine for more than 20 seconds without depressing the brake pedal This allows the brake pads to move away from the rotor so the pad does not contact the rotor Additionally the brakes must be dry before parking the vehicle after driving on wet roads or after washing the vehicle If the roads are wet lightly apply the brakes for a short distance before parking the vehicle to dry the brakes After washing the vehicle dry the brakes by driving on a dry road for a few miles and apply the brakes normally based on traffic and road conditions Starting and driving 5 23 The metallic brake pads and brake dis
142. d 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the instrument panel It indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immo Instruments and controls 2 45 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH bilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for service window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTICE e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filli
143. d controls 2 29 NOTICE While the warning light is illuminated the engine output is controlled so that it does not increase B Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system Is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery When the VDC warning light illuminates when the VDC system is turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system s fail safe mode is operating for example the VDC or hill start assist system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable 13 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system page 5 47 ca Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control is pushed The light turns off when the main switch 2 30 Instruments and controls is pushed again While the cruise control system main switch indicator light is on the cruise control system is operational E Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer
144. de appropriate braking force in a broad range of driving environments Due to the material used for the brake pads the road wheels may become more easily covered by brake dust however this does not indicate that there is a malfunction The GT R brake pads use material that contains a lot of iron to maintain steady braking perfor mance even in high and low temperatures However if the brake system is wet and the parking brake is applied for a long time the iron in this material may get rusty and the brake pad and disc rotor may be fixed together This may cause noise and vibration while driving Before parking the vehicle dry the brake by driving on a dry road especially after washing the vehicle or driving in rain Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer if the noise and vibration continue Frequent hard braking may cause scorching of the brake pads This will require the brake pads to be replaced even if the wear limit has not been reached Have the brake pads and disc rotors inspected at the regular vehicle inspec tions For more details contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer REPLACING THE BRAKE PADS NISSAN generally recommends to replace all four sets of brake pads and disc rotors at the same time to maintain maximum brake perfor mance However replacing only the brake pads may be allowed in some cases four wheels or only front wheels depending on the conditions A GT R certified technician must inspect the vehi
145. dealer if you think that repairs are required X Maintenance precautions page 8 6 EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated because your vehicle is equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires to the pressure specified Check carefully for dam
146. dequate fluid in the reservoir 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed A WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to the GJ position e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per forming any parts replacement or repairs e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warn ing e
147. der belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious the retractor Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat 2g Seats page 1 2 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some free dom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The three point type seat belts for the fr
148. digit code Date of Manufac ture f Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tube less 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure 8 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the
149. do it yourself A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protec tion is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Gen uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate follow ing the directions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue is used fol low the coolant manufacture s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genu ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 24 000 miles 38 400 km or 2 years Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of nondistilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the GT R Service and Maintenance Guide for more details CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LE VEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level open the reservoir cap pressure type and
150. does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Ex ample fuel injector cleaner intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these ad ditives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a GT R certified NISSAN dealer correct the condition Fail ure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer or other compe tent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Techni
151. doors 4 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 5 Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Unlock and open the driver side door Do not close the door 2 Open the hood 3 Connect the negative battery terminal Then close the hood 4 Fully open the driver side door window 5 Close the driver side door and the window FLUID LEVEL CHECK e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children Check the fluid level in
152. drive COMPULEL csesesscsesesesseeestesseeseees 2 18 Setting hazard indicator and horn mode s s s 3 13 Shift lever position WarNING eececeeeeeteteteteeeeees 2 34 Shift P WANG ia sezcteecserte ecctecnye eceeecoe reel 2 41 OVA childrens 1 13 Spark 0 seen oe enn ee reer 8 19 Special winter CQUuIDMENT eeecceeeeeteetetetetees 5 50 SpecificatioNS ssiesriecrrirni iniii onrrrieni naenin i eni aeinn 9 8 Speed mMmel feesroeserre nireari nE irekiA r e K A E R EE 2 6 Starting Before starting the engine 5 13 J mp SUG oases cece eae ete 6 4 8 18 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 P sh stanti gerep ecetee ep terliepadereeetens 6 7 Starting the engin sssssseessesresesrrsrerresrrrrerrereeerne 5 13 Steering Power SESE sc ccvcastiancstenczecnseeetiexathcctdeecseoncsoretees 5 45 Power steering MUI eiscctececctchescssdeeecedwceeydee 8 14 Steering lock release malfunction indicator 2 42 Steering WhEE csecsessesesesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 25 Steering wheel mounted Controls 5 34 Tilt telescopic steering Column 3 25 Sora gE ae re eee eee 2 55 SuUMMETr T l CS reeset aesatioceneeete eeoeneroia GTR 10 SUN US ON cscs eee eee 3 26 Sunglasses ONS es eseccti cee tecpescuetncenteceddeesteenterertecs 2 56 Supplemental air bag warning labels 0 1 43 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 44 Supplemental restraint SYStCM c cee 1 31 SUSPENSION ririki ier aa aai GTR 5 Switch H
153. driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All the doors will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice NOTE Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key Unlocking doors l Push the driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once The corresponding door will unlock Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock NOTE All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the request switch is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Opening trunk lid 1 Push the tru
154. during the period when the damage was incurred is excluded from war ranty coverage See your 2012 Warranty Information Booklet for important related information and warranty coverage exclusions See also section 2 page 2 29 and section 5 page 5 47 of this Owner s Manual Transmission Clutch Temperature High and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System for important additional related informa tion Except for the emergency cases above any issues related to driving stability e g steering maneuvers and maneu vers during acceleration and decelera tion and any damages to drivetrain components e g transfer clutch a sort of gear transaxle case will not be covered by warranty if there is a record in the Vehicle Status Data Recorder VSDR that the vehicle was driven with VDC off When attempting to free the vehicle from mud or fresh snow the VDC will detect the tire slipping and the engine speed may not increase even when the accelerator pedal is depressed To raise the engine speed use the VDC set up switch to turn the VDC system OFF and select SAVE mode with the transmis sion switch 2 VDC transmission and suspension setup switches page 5 24 When the VDC system is turned OFF all VDC functions including traction control except for the ABS functions are deactivated Starting and driving 5 49 COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply
155. e 7 Outside When the xenon headlight is initially turned on mirrors page 3 27 its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize 2 48 Instruments and controls NOTE The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turning the switch to the pa position The clearance side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on and the daytime running light will remain on Turning the switch to the 22 position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on The daytime running light will turn off Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 4 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi
156. e time NOTE The instrument brightness can be ad justed separately for daytime and nighttime conditions The adjusted set tings are automatically stored When the battery terminal is discon nected the set memory will be erased and the setting returns to the default VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display can display the following information e Engine oil level display e Transmission system check display e Instrument brightness control level display 14 Instrument brightness control page 2 11 e Drive computer 13 Drive computer page 2 14 e Warning display Warning display page 2 32 e Operation display 1 Operation displays page 2 41 e Cruise control display 15 Cruise control page 5 33 Instruments and controls 2 11 OIL LEVEL OF LEVEL ENGINE OIL LEVEL DISPLAY When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the engine oil status before starting the engine is indicated as illustrated When the oil level is normal OIL LEVEL OK is displayed Press the displayed LEVEL switch to check the oil level 2 12 Instruments and controls Low M E cH AT ENGINE START OHESIT NOTE The engine oil level can be displayed after the OIL LEVEL OK display turns off or while the engine is started and running 14 gt Maintenance page 2 20 Low CICI EC HIGH OIL LEVEL LOW VISIT DEALER When th
157. e Revving the engine when the engine oil is at a low below 32 F 0 C or extremely high over 275 F 135 C temperature The maximum engine speed is 4 000 RPM The position will automatically change to the ZY position ENGINE OUTPUT High altitude To protect the engine engine output is con trolled so that it does not increase at altitudes 4 922 ft 1 500 meters or higher Engine output according to the coolant temperature The engine output is controlled at a low level when the engine coolant temperature is lower than approximately 158 F 70 C or higher than 230 F 110 C This is not a malfunction If the temperature is lower than approximately 158 F 70 C drive the vehicle until it reaches normal operating temperature If the temperature is higher than 230 F 110 C perform cool down driving procedure 7 Cool down page GTR 12 When the temperature of the engine coolant is between 158 F 70 C and 230 F 110 C the engine output returns to normal DISTORTION OF REAR WING When the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight on a hot day the center of the rear wing may become distorted This is normal When the surface temperature of the rear wing Is reduced the shape of the wing should return to normal UNEVEN WEAR OF TIRES The GT R is equipped with high performance low profile run flat tires that are optimized for performance and handling The life of these tires will be less than tho
158. e Tire and Loading Information label lo cated in the driver s door open ing tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn gt Tire and loading information label page 9 13 If the tire pressure is insuffi cient fill with nitrogen gas Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer about filling with nitro gen gas If nitrogen gas is not available compressed air may be safely used under normal driving conditions However NISSAN recommends refilling with nitrogen gas for maximum tire performance e If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance 12 Brake system page 5 45 Ea or E Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light c
159. e Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also re sult in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet NOTE Use only genuine GT R tires and road wheels The GT R uses specially designed run flat tires and matching road wheels Use of these specially developed tires and wheels provides the greatest po tential for maximum performance Genuine GT R tires and road wheels help achieve maximum cornering and braking performance Genuine GT R tires and road wheels help achieve maximum tire durabil ity during acceleration Genuine GT R tires and road wheels help achieve maximum handling capability during per
160. e block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI pro tected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 51 MEMO 5 52 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Roadside assistance program sesencssesctecscectarcrseesncsndeceesoretccee 6 2 aE E e E E A 6 7 Emergency engine shut off s sssssssssssrsrsrssrsrsrenssesnsnsnnensnsnennnnes 6 2 If your vehicle overheats sssssssssssssresssssrsrsnnsnsnsnsnnenensnenssnsnes 6 7 ECUR i esate A A ET E A A 6 2 TOWING yo r vehicle zdecdess csctyceeeetccsacaceceeeteeeseacaeveececen aes 6 8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS ese 6 2 Towing recommended by NISSAN eese 6 9 Run flat tires ssssssssssesssesssressresssresrensrensnrensrrnsrrnnrrensrrnsrrnnne 6 3 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 10 Juo Sta e E 6 4 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details 6 2 Incase of emergency
161. e body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage e Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tight en the fuel filler cap properly may cause the ce Malfunction Indicator Light MIL t to illuminate If the r light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The amp light should turn off after a few driving trips If the gv light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Malfunction Indicator Light MIL page 2 30 This vehicle includes a system that can supply fuel even during high G gravity turns The fuel tank pres sure is higher when the vehicle is hot If the vehicle is refueled when the vehicle is hot the fuel pump may automatically shut off before the tank is full This does not indicate that there is a malfunction OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR 1 Unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the UNLOCK button on the In telligent Key Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 2 Press the rear side of the fuel filler door to release the door lock and open the door 3 24 Pre driving checks and adju
162. e brake pad material helps maintain braking performance in a wide range of weather and driving conditions For the first 3 000 6 000 miles 5 000 10 000 km of the vehicle s service life and for the first 3 000 6 000 miles 5 000 10 000 km after a brake replacement the brake pad to brake rotor clearance is very small When parking apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the GJ position Idle the engine for more than 20 seconds without depressing the brake pedal This allows the brake pads to move away from the rotor so the pad does not contact the rotor 5 44 Starting and driving Additionally the brakes must be dry before parking the vehicle after driving on wet roads or after washing the vehicle If the roads are wet lightly apply the brakes for a short distance before parking the vehicle to dry the brakes After washing the vehicle dry the brakes by driving on a dry road for a few miles and apply the brakes normally based on traffic and road conditions The metallic brake pads and brake disc rotor may rust together when the brakes are not applied e f the vehicle is not idled for 20 seconds without the brakes applied or if the brakes are applied when the vehicle is shut off the rotor and pads can rust together even when the brake pads are dry e f the brakes are wet when the vehicle is parked and the parking brake is applied for a long time Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer if the brake
163. e driving refer to the interval for replacing oil after high perfor mance driving 129 Additional mainte nance items page GTR 11 Make sure to replace the oil filter when the engine oil is changed TRANSMISSION OIL Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special 100 synthetic oil The GT R uses a multiple disc dual wet clutch transmission The specially developed transmis sion oil maximizes the friction characteristics of the clutch and the lubrication of the gear bearings The use of additives is prohibited GTR 4 GT R Overview The use of additives or other transmission oil may cause internal transmission or clutch damage DIFFERENTIAL OIL front and rear Castrol SAF XJ 75W 140 100 synthetic oil Always use the Differential Oil R35 Special 75W 140 100 synthetic oil or MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 if available that can keep the oil tempera ture low in order to protect all parts of the differential and maximize the performance of the Limited Slip Differential LSD MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 may not be available at most NISSAN dealer or in all markets The use of additives is prohibited Using additives or any other than the specified differential oil may cause the oil temperature to increase and the final drive to be damaged Also it may cause vibration and adversely the vehicle handling characteristics BRAKE FLUID Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special
164. e engine transmission and VDC system but also the settings of the suspension and tires Therefore any modification of the vehicle may disrupt the vehicle s balance This will not only reduce the optimum performance of the vehicle but may also cause damage to powertrain components including the trans mission When the temperature of the engine coolant and transmission oil is high or low the function cannot be used The temperature range in which the R mode start function can be used Engine coolant 140 F 212 F 60 C 100 C Transmission oil 140 F 266 F 60 C 130 C If the R mode start function is used 4 times consecutively the function may be disabled and cannot be turned on to protect the vehicle system While the function is dis abled the warning light illuminates When the warning light illuminates perform cool down driving 1 Cool down page GTR 12 When the warning light turns off the function can be used again The performance of start may vary depending on the amount of wheel spin or increase and decrease of the engine output in response to the outside temperature This vehicle was set up according to the road surface conditions of the straight sections of the Sendai Highland Raceway course in Japan at 59 F 15 C VDC control automatically activate when driving on a slippery road surface such when it is wet in order to apply brakes or limit the engine output f
165. e following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch Opening trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3 button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note the panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second to turn the panic alarm off SETTING HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle When you lock unlock the doors the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation The following descriptions show how the hazard indicator and horn will activate when locking unlocking the doors and how the horn feature can be deactivated Pre driving checks and adjust
166. e oil level is low If the message shown above is displayed the engine oil level is low Warm up the engine in a level location After at least 5 minutes have passed since engine stop use the engine oil level gauge to check the oil level Ta Engine oil page 8 12 If the oil level is low have additional engine oil added or the oil changed at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NOTICE If the vehicle is in a location that is not level accurate measurement of the oil level may not be possible If OIL LEVEL LOW is displayed but the level shown by the oil level gauge is normal move the vehicle to a level location and stop the engine After at least 5 minutes have passed open the driver s door and push the ignition switch back to ON If the OIL LEVEL LOW message appears again have engine oil added or the oil FM SYSTEM CHECK SENSOR ERROR IN PROCESS VISIT DEALER QEAIT changed When the oil level sensor malfunc TRANSMISSION SYSTEM CHECK tion occurs DISPLAY If the message shown above is displayed the This is displayed after the engine is started while engine oil level sensor may be malfunctioning the transmission system is being checked It Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer im turns off after a few seconds mediately NOTE e During the system check the shift lever cannot be moved out of the GJ position Operate the shift lever after the system check indicator turns off e The
167. e placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY 2 With the outside door handle lifted up use the mechanical key and turn the key cylinder Bate The driver s door will be locked or unlocked cap A counterclociai ce torea using the mechanical key 1 Press the rear end of the driver s outside door handle 4 to lift up the front end NOTE e Do not pull too hard on the door handle when locking or unlocking the doors Pulling too hard will prevent the me chanical key from turning making it impossible to lock or unlock the doors e Unlocking the driver s door using the Ll2 mechanical key will not unlock the fuel EF filler door Ca L 3 Turning the door key cylinder to the front of OPENING THE DOORS the vehicle 4 will lock the driver s door and turning to the rear of the vehicle 2 will Opening from outside the vehicle unlock the driver s door 1 Press the rear end of the outside door 4 Replace the key cylinder cap in the reverse handle to lift up the front end of the order handle 2 Pull the front end of the outside door handle NOTICE
168. e same interval as Schedule 1 and 2 in the 2012 NISSAN GT R Service and Maintenance Guide section When the oil temperature stays below 248 F 120 C while driving When the oil temperature reaches pi MAINTENANCE between 248 F 120 C and Change transmission oil every 3 000 miles 5 000 pees 284 F 140 C while driving an Change both transmission oil and differential oil immediately after stopping Differential oil tem perature usually increases concurrently When the oil temperature exceeds 284 F 140 C while driving GTR 18 GT R Overview The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving ITEMS Differential Oil front and rear 2 GT R SPECI FIED FLUIDS Castrol SAF XJ 75W 140 3 Change differential oil at the same interval as Schedule 1 and 2 in the 2012 NISSAN GT R Service and Maintenance Guide section When the oil temperature stays below 248 F 120 C while driving When the oil temperature reaches ar l MAINTENANCE between 248 F 120 C and Change transmission oil every 3 000 miles 5 000 INTERVAL 284 F 140 C while driving km Change both transmission oil and differential oil When the oil temperature exceeds immediately after stopping Differential oil tem 284 F 140 C while driving perature usually increases concurrently as the transmission oil temperature ITEMS Brake Fluid GT R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Specia
169. e shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lb 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a
170. e the trunk without grasping the rear wing Grasping the rear wing to open or close the trunk may damage the wing Do not leave the key inside the trunk NOTE To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open The trunk of this vehicle is slightly more difficult to close than an ordinary vehicle particularly when the vehicle is new This is because the trunk rigidity has been increased to handle the high load on the rear wing during vehicle operation This does not indicate that there is a malfunction Check that the trunk is securely locked EMERGENCY TRUNK LID RELEASE The emergency trunk lid release mechanism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event that people become locked inside the trunk or in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a discharged battery Inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle 4 until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrated Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 FUEL FILLER DOOR The fuel filler door is located on the right and rear side
171. each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 1 Remove the cell plugs 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 4 line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition 4 indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see the following section 4 Jump starting page 6 4 If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS oe Oy gt Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Drive belt auto tensioner i Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in yo
172. echanism may be damaged AWD SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS The AWD system automatically distributes the optimal torque to the front and rear wheels This provides both the superior turning performance of a rear wheel drive vehicle and the traction of a AWD vehicle 5 42 Starting and driving Electronic control continuously distributes tor que to the front and rear wheels in the range from 0 100 rear wheel drive mode to 50 50 all wheel drive mode to match the driving conditions and road conditions This allows the engine output torque to be effectively trans mitted to the road surface LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL LSD The rear final drive of this vehicle is equipped with a 1 5 way mechanical Limited Slip Differ ential LSD NOTICE Use the designated differential gear oil If any oil other than the designated oil is used the LSD may not operate correctly and noise and vibration may occur possibly resulting in a malfunc tion NOTE e If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel turned in cold temperatures the inner wheel tire may slip and some noise or vibration may be heard This phenomenon is unique to vehicles equipped with the LSD This does not indicate that there is a mal function If MOTUL NISMO COMPETI TION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 is used this phenomenon can be moderated MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 may not be available at most NISSAN dealers or in all markets
173. econds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held trans mitter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener com ponents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNI VERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may no
174. ect in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To pro gram a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button Instruments and controls 2 63 To begin push and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light A blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 to 3 inches 26 mm to 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 2 64 Instruments and controls x Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the
175. ed Per chlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate 2010 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of NISSAN Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your GT R certified NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your GT R certified NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your GT R certified NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your GT R certified NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 866 668 1GTR 1 866 668 1487 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information e Your name address and telephone number e Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side e Date of purchase e Current odometer reading e Your NISSAN dealer s name e Your comments or quest
176. ed battery Lithium battery CR2032 or an equivalent 1 Disengage the lock on the reverse side of the Intelligent Key while pulling out the mechanical key 2 Insert a flat bladed screwdriver wrapped with a cloth into the slit 2 and twist it to separate the case into the upper and lower parts NOTICE Because there is the risk of scratching the key wrap a cloth or similar item around the screwdriver when separat ing the parts If the screwdriver is inserted too far into the key it may damage the internal circuit board How to remove the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover NOTICE 4 Pinch the locking tabs 1 found on each side of the storage switch There is the possibility that the key may be damaged when the battery is re placed It is recommended that you have the battery replaced by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Remove the old battery and insert a new battery with the side facing down NOTICE e Besure that the and sides of the battery are facing in the correct directions when the battery is in serted e Do not touch the internal circuits or electronic terminals Doing so may damage them 4
177. eeeeee 1 41 Front SIS AUS i sevacasisspeciaspevaesaitaapnanenconacsaustnateasateamiezernessal thes 1 3 Front rear tire size discrepancy warning 2 37 Fuel era ere eee nee eee een GTR 11 Average fuel consumption and speed 2 16 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ccceecee 9 2 Closing the fuel filler COOP 3 24 Current fuel Consumption sees 2 15 Fuel gage veces ce rcanaceedccsssinncestnettnceusenesenecdeuetesenseeretegs 2 8 Fuel PECOMMENC ALO M seccncaisccsdecrstecrsdeactevessncieretecnes 9 4 Fuel filler GO Oi ecseeer cetacean eens 3 22 Increasing fuel CCONOMY ceeeeeeeeeeees 5 39 Low f el Warning scree tec ceeteroresneeararesceexteccemenracs 2 39 Opening the fuel filler COOP eens 3 23 PUSS Shannan ane 8 23 Gasoline SIME sessista GTR 22 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 7 Fuel CUT ae cota c eee 2 8 Meters and gaugeS ssssssssssssrerisrerrsresssrenesnennrnn 2 5 General Maintenance ccsceceseeeesseseseeeees 8 3 8 4 Glis Senn settee on tetra eee 7 3 Glove BOX Aen green trier enn merce metres aren 2 57 GT R performance optimization services GTR 7 GT R special specification parts GTR 3 GT R specific information GT R specific vehicle characteristics Handling of data Hazard warning flasher switch Head restraints Headlight and turn signal switch Headlight switch Xenon SANG FNS ioe eces ee seecscasteaestedestersorestenenesests High performance brake
178. eeeeeeaees 8 3 General maintenance seescececeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeteeaeaeees 8 3 Where to gO fOr Service sseccesseesseeeeeeeeeeeseeteeeeeetsees 8 3 General maintenance csssseceeeseeseseeeseeeeeeeeeteseeseeaeaeeetaeaeaes 8 4 Explanation of maintenance items uu 8 4 Maintenance preCautions ccsceceeceeceeseeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 Engine compartment check locations ceeeeee 8 8 Removing the Cowl top COVEN ececesseceeeseeeeeeeeneeees 8 9 Engine cooling System ssrcsseseceescrecreccuenstccretacercneusosedeeccveuentes 8 10 Checking engine coolant level teeta 8 11 Changing engine coolant sissssiicsaesesiscsonasnsnnsnanensentcesinsas 8 12 Enn O ea nee nape nnee rr een ee eens 8 12 Checking engine oil level eseeeesseseseeeteteteeeeeeeetens 8 12 Changing engine oil and filter sesser 8 13 Transmission Oil cessor sete ed caseec ences epee hteceecetosenterees ee 8 13 Power steering CIC case occececeestedcacectnenceceacsetiee eat aaee 8 14 Brake THN ccpeceesecenasensussncssoetenatacceeeeitacnscecuttsectitemesctoennasectscteneses 8 14 Window washer fluid sssssssssssssssssssrsnsrnensnsnsnsnnsnsnnnennnsnsnnnnnns 8 15 el ainan E E ee eee 8 16 l 07 0116 Saeeee tn tenner mere eter Snorer ener ne edini Eeer ay 8 16 Fluid Milci lt 1 Be g lt a Gameeree ee eee re erer ne seer a arene eer eee 8 17 SIAN SUA EM etcetera cease ee 8 18 Die DONG aera eR ere Eeoa E 8 18
179. ees tutes cre ctecteeen ten peeereceeeet 2 40 Parking brake release Warning 2 35 PUSH MACNN MING cccbeide std cata ee eaencctesteeceetearedtel 2 42 Run flat tire SV APIMIIG cca cect seceeesnaccccarcestncocntcce 2 38 Shift lever position WANING 2 34 Shift PANG oxeatoreee eee retreats 2 41 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 43 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 44 Tire Pressure Monitoring System warning 2 38 Transmission clutch high temperature WALNING ecececeeeeeeceeeseseeeeeeeeeees 2 35 Transmission oil high temperature warning 2 34 Transmission system Warning se 2 34 10 8 Vehicle Dynamic Control system warning 2 36 Warning drive COMpUtE L ssssseeseesteseeseeeeees 2 23 Warning GIS BIAY saigercecesscpenctaontecatvscnteanccocsnceectaentine 2 32 Warning if Ls eee 2 24 Waring clio ars sene esate trae ence tet mre 3 15 Warning indicator lights and audible reminderS se sesssssssrsrssisresnrirresrsnesesnennrae 2 24 Warranty information cerns teet oie cereals GTR 3 WV AS MUNG eissir urina ers Een pertinent 7 2 Waking Erevan omni ere Peden ee peewee ns re ara tery ore 7 3 Wheel alignment ccscscccecseeseeeeeee GTR 9 5 38 Wheel alignment inspection and adjustment if necessary including tire pressure adjustment ccsseessesecseesesseseeseseeeeeseeses GTR 7 WV NGS Siei a eA 7 3 Wheels and tif S sssessseisrerierierrrnerrrrsinrrsrrerses 8 31 9 9 When trave
180. elligent Key is carried with you and the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates e Push center four times to return to ACC e Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the GJ position NOTE If the steering lock release malfunction indicator appears on the vehicle infor mation display when the ignition switch is pressed press the ignition switch again while gently turning the steering wheel left and right 1 Steering lock release malfunc tion indicator page 2 42 If the
181. ently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position In this case the pretensioner may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest GT R certified NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARN ING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors 1 43 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARN ING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing f in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact sup plemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include the air bag systems pretensioners and all related wirings When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the SRS air bag systems are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain
182. epending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used 19 Front passenger air bag and status light page 1 38 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concern ing the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag e Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag e Seat belt pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system occupants in the front seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to su
183. er a short period of time and the vehicle can then be driven normally If the light illuminates frequently contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NOTICE If the light continues to illuminate the engine output may be reduced to pre vent transmission damage Transmission clutch temperature high The light illuminates if clutch temperature becomes unusually high If the light illuminates pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine When the light turns off driving can be resumed If the light illuminates frequently contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NOTICE e Continuing to drive with the light on could cause serious damage to the transmission e If the light continues to illuminate the vehicle cannot be driven be cause the engine output may be reduced and the clutch may be reduced to keep the clutch disen gaged R mode start function If the R mode start function is used 4 times continuously the function may be disabled and cannot be turned on for protection While the function is disabled the warning light illumi nates When the warning light goes off the function can be used again Ja R mode start function page 5 31 When the warning light illuminates perform cool down driving driving 1 3 mile 2 km in 5th or 6th gear at a speed of approximately 37 50 MPH 60 80 km h while checking the temperature of the transmission oil until the warning light goes off Instruments an
184. er set mileage approaches the reminder will appear on the display and the remaining distance is displayed at regular intervals Select SETTING gt MAINTENANCE gt OIL gt ENGINE OIL to set or reset the mileage for the engine oil change NOTE The default setting is 9 500 miles 15 000 km The maximum mileage that can be set is 9 500 miles 15 000 km MAINTENANCE amp FILTER QESIT Engine oil filter The reminder is displayed when the customer set mileage is exceeded Select SETTING gt MAINTENANCE gt FILTER to set or reset the mileage for the engine oil filter change NOTE The default setting is 9 500 miles 15 000 km The maximum mileage that can be set is 9 500 miles 15 000 km MAINTENANCE TRANSMISSION OIL SERVICE DUE NOW Qa EAIT Transmission oil The reminder is displayed when the customer set mileage is exceeded Select SETTING gt MAINTENANCE gt OIL gt T M OIL to set or reset the mileage for the transmission oil change NOTE The default setting is 37 000 miles 60 000 km The maximum mileage that can be set is 55 500 miles 90 000 km Instruments and controls 2 21 MAINTENANCE QEAIT Tires NOTE Options This reminder appears when the customer set The default setting is OFF distance comes for maintaining tires You can set or reset the distance for maintaining tires See Trip computer earlier in this section Language Select ENGLISH or FRANCAI
185. er tires when the temperature is below 4 F 20 C to prevent permanent tread deformation which may cause tire damage or tire failure This may cause a loss of vehicle control which can result in serious personal injury or death Run flat tires Your vehicle is equipped with run flat tires You can continue driving to a safe location even if they are punctured Always use run flat tires of the specified size on all four wheels Mixing tire sizes or construction may reduce vehicle hand Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 ling stability If necessary contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for assistance Frequently check the tire pressure information display on the monitor screen and adjust pressure of each tire properly See the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual It can be difficult to tell if a run flat tire is under inflated or flat Check the tire pressures as described earlier in this section If the tire becomes under inflated while driving the low tire pressure warning light will come on If the tire becomes flat while driving the low tire pressure warning light and the run flat tire warning display will come on Low tire pressure If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the low tire pressure warning light will illuminate Flat tire If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat tires the run flat tire warning display will appear continuously on the vehicle information displ
186. erformance and proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used All of the fluid cannot be removed when servicing the transmission The actual refill amount may be less than shown Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION VR38 engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 98 to max imize vehicle performance If the premium gasoline specified above is not available you may use unleaded premium gaso line with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 but you may notice a decrease in performance Do not use gasoline with an octane rating lower than 91 AKI Research octane number 96 NOTICE e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cat alyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can 9 4 Technical and consumer information damage the fuel system compo nents See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet for details and exclusions e NISSAN recommends using fuels that contain no alcohol However fuels containing up to 10 alcohol may be used if necessary To avoid serious engine damage due to in creased cyli
187. erious perso nal injury e Work around and on the preten sioners should be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the preten sioners e If you need to dispose of a preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a preten sioner activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any malfunction occurs in the pretensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light Ar will not come on will flash intermitt
188. erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If the headrest is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4 Forward facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 1 23 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child
189. erning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehi cle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance re quirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle T ESET A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed lim its and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Man ual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Mod ification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations See the 2012
190. es of driving until the mileage shown below has been reached Until 300 miles 500 km e Do not depress the accelerator pedal more than halfway and avoid rapid acceleration e Drive with the engine speed kept at less than 3 500 RPM e Avoid unnecessary quick steering abrupt braking and driving on poor roads 300 to 600 miles 500 to 1 000 km e Avoid rapid acceleration in a low gear 1st to 3rd gears with the accelerator pedal fully depressed Depress the pedal slowly e Avoid unnecessary quick steering and abrupt braking e Drive with the suspension setup switch in the COMF mode to allow more suspension stroke 600 to 1 200 miles 1 000 to 2 000 km e Drive with the engine speed kept relatively high with the shift lever in the M position Shifting is recommended between 1st and 4th gears e Avoid unnecessary quick steering and abrupt braking e Drive with the suspension setup switch in the COMF mode to allow more suspension stroke Even though the mileage reaches over 1 200 miles 2 000 km the clutch may take longer to properly engage if the vehicle is mainly driven in town at a low speed NISSAN recommends breaking in the clutch at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer WHEEL ALIGNMENT Do not adjust the wheel alignment until the mileage reaches 1 000 miles 1 600 km Until then the suspension may not engage enough and the height may be higher However make sure to adjust the alignment after 1 000 m
191. es of driving until the mileage shown below has been reached Until 300 miles 500 km e Do not depress the accelerator pedal more than halfway and avoid rapid acceleration e Drive with the engine speed kept at less than 3 500 RPM e Avoid unnecessary quick steering abrupt braking and driving on poor roads 300 to 600 miles 500 to 1 000 km e Avoid rapid acceleration in a low gear 1st to 3rd gears with the accelerator pedal fully depressed Depress the pedal slowly e Avoid unnecessary quick steering and abrupt braking 5 38 Starting and driving e Drive with the suspension setup switch in the COMF mode to allow more suspension stroke 600 to 1 200 miles 1 000 to 2 000 km e Drive with the engine speed kept relatively high with the shift lever in the M position Shifting is recommended between 1st and Ath gears e Avoid unnecessary quick steering and abrupt braking e Drive with the suspension setup switch in the COMF mode to allow more suspension stroke Even though the mileage reaches over 1 200 miles 2 000 km the clutch may take longer to properly engage if the vehicle is mainly driven in town at a low speed NISSAN recommends breaking in the clutch at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer WHEEL ALIGNMENT Do not adjust the wheel alignment until the mileage reaches 1 000 miles 1 600 km Until then the suspension may not engage enough and the height may be higher However make sure to adjust the al
192. esired operation The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 MEMO Instruments and controls 2 67 MEMO 2 68 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments IGS E E E E E A T 3 2 inteligent Key siansuisssionidonsssaeentieanea 3 2 DOOS aee E E eer eee eee 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob nssssssssssssssrsrsrsssrssrsrnrssnsns 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch sses 3 5 Automatic door lock system ssssesesssssssrsrsrsrsnssrsrsrenssnsn 3 5 Locking with mechanical key csseeseeeseeeteeeeeeeeees 3 6 Opening the doors scccccassoviescretuestesstresnsncterensteantoteeaseceseany 3 7 Intelligent Key system ssssssssssrssssesrsrsensnsnsnsnnsnsnsnennsnnsnnnnensnnae 3 8 Intelligent Key fUNCtIONS sssssssssssssssrsrsnssrsrsrsnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnennns 3 9 Remote keyless entry fUNCtIONS 20 0 ceeeeeeceeeeteteeees 3 12 Setting hazard indicator and horn Mode 3 13 Warming Signals sissid eects 3 15 Troubleshooting guide sssssssssssssrsrsresnsnsnsnnnnunsnenssnsnensnes 3 16 FOOU asarei a E eee 3 17 Opening the hood ssssssssssssrsresrsrssrsnssrenrsrnnrninnrsrsnssrsrsnsns 3 17 Closing he Dood pois pers srtnsiodacsesantesecnne meee 3 18 TUNK scesu baiana Ai ponani 3 19 Trunk open request SWITCH
193. esponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indi cator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replace ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After
194. etails in cluding applicable exclusions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 POWER STEERING FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir Remove the cap that is attached with a gauge inside The fluid level should be checked using the front side of the gauge marked HOT HOT MIN 2 HOT MAX at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the reverse side of the gauge marked COLD COLD MIN COLD MAX at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE For maximum steering system perfor mance adjust the fluid level at the line 5 at the hot fluid temperature or 6 at the cold fluid temperature Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer when precise fluid level adjustment is required NOTICE e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid information see the following section 12 Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants page 9 2 e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in
195. ey operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan before checking the oil Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports crac
196. f balance The reference marks on the tire and wheel should be aligned If the reference marks are not aligned the tire has slipped on the wheel Have the wheels tires reba lanced Make sure the old reference marks are erased and new reference marks are applied to the wheel and tire When instal ling new tires on the wheels make sure new reference marks are applied to the wheels and tires Check for the heat deterioration of the brakes and parts around the brakes GT R Overview GITR 15 NISSAN recommends that the brakes should be bled before engaging in perfor mance driving and when replacing the brake fluid It is recommended that bleeding the brake be performed when the brake calipers are hot about 212 F 100 C Inspect to see whether the clearance between the exhaust finisher and rear bumper is maintained at above 0 24 in 6 mm up down and above 0 20 in 5 mm left right Brake pad When engaging in high performance driving for the first time after purchasing a new vehicle after replacing the brake fluid or when engaging in high performance driving for a sustained period of time it is recom mended that you remove air from the brake fluid NISSAN recommends adding an additional cross spring to the front calipers before engaging in performance driving The addi tional spring reduces brake pad movement resulting from cornering forces and will reduce the stroke of the brake pedal Contact a GT R certified
197. f the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child 2 Child re straints page 1 14 WARNING Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag e The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear im pact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The seat belts side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat to extend their hand out of the window or lean against
198. f COMMOSSO ae eee ee ae me ra ee mere eo eiir 7 7 Event Data RecorderS s ssssssssssssrssrerrrrsnesesnnnnnnenrne 9 20 Exhaust CS cece teach ceeded ere eases 5 3 Exhaust muffler and trunk carpet GTR 6 Explanation of maintenance items esseere 8 4 Extended storage SWC esate creas ses ence ence stsnsetacwenvances 8 25 Exterior and interior liQhts sccssssseeeeeee 8 29 Exterior parts Spoiler CtC c csssssessssesesseseeeees GTR 6 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 12 Features of each Mode s sssssssssssrsrisrerrsresesnsresrennne 5 26 Flat Ure enii 6 2 Flat OWING hiciinsinianisiiceniiieinnnni neitin naiaainani eii Ta 9 17 FIOO Mats spear eases centers 7 5 Fluid Brake Cle eee etree reer nt GTR 4 8 14 Fluid level CNG Cl cc cees eacttecett cicada stneigieeeees 8 17 Low brake fluid WANING esesdscercscetsecssiesseracecesnters 2 35 Low washer fluid Wwarning ssesssssssrssssrrsrsn 2 40 Power steering fluid sssssssssssssrssrsrrrrsrsresesrrenns 8 14 Window washer fluid sssssssssssrsersieresrsrssrsrreen 8 15 e a E GTR 12 GTR 18 Forward facing child restraint installation sing LATCH seesinane pearener een 1 22 Forward facing child restraint installation using the Seat 6 2 en ees ee ere ia ep aa 1 24 Freeing a frozen door lOCK ccacesccessrcescsectccsstinerteceessene 5 50 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag sySteMS ccce
199. f coolant temperatures are extremely high Drive the vehicle at 37 to 50 MPH 60 to 80 km h in 5th or 6th gear for 2 to 3 miles 3 to 5 km and then stop the engine Refueling precautions To maximize vehicle performance the fuel tank is located as low as possible to lower the vehicle center of gravity The tank is also divided into two parts This fuel tank design causes higher pressures inside the tank than other vehicles so fuel spillage is possible by trying to top off the fuel tank after automatic shutoff The fuel tank pressure is higher when the vehicle is hot especially if the tank is more than half full If the cap is opened when the vehicle is hot it may cause fuel spray and there may be a hissing noise Open the cap slowly releasing the pressure from the tank gradually Also if the vehicle is refueled when the vehicle is hot the fuel pump may automatically shut off before the tank is full This does not indicate that there is a malfunction Refuel slowly or refuel after the vehicle has cooled INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTS BEFORE DRIVING The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving Fluids e Before driving check the fluid levels and adjust as necessary using the specified fluid as described under the conditions listed in ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS If you do not drive under the conditions listed refer to the 2012 NISSAN Service and Main tenance Guide
200. fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat 1 13 CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE STRAINTS Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop e Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and in stallation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another pas senger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the fro
201. formance driv ing Genuine GT R tires and road wheels help provide road holding in the event of decreasing tire pressure and punctures Genuine GT R tires and road wheels help prevent the decrease of straight running stability caused by uneven tire wear due to high rigidity wheels and wide tires The GT R uses specially designed run flat tires which feature an extremely rigid side wall Special techniques and equipment are therefore required when replacing these tires NISSAN recom mends that tire replacement be per formed at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Specific tire changing equipment must be used to remove the GT R tires from the wheel and to install the GT R tires onto the wheel It is only possible to reuse the tires when they have no cracks and or deformations on the bead portion of the tire If the incorrect equipment is used to remove the GT R tires from the wheel and to install the GT R tires onto the wheel cracks and deformation may occur on the bead portion of the tires meaning that the tires cannot be reused Contact a GT R certified dealer if the tires need to be removed from the wheels TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL ana XXX kPa XX PSI XXX kPa XX PSI and cargo should mower caceed XX kg or XX lbs Le pada total dod occupants af chek manchandeae ne dod jamais d passer KX kg ou Xi a A The cominned wieght of occupants and cargo should never ance niig Hida des poru
202. from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This does not indicate that there is a malfunction If the computer senses a mal function it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may i
203. ft indicator have a genuine leather finish that requires proper care and maintenance 1 Cleaning in terior page 7 5 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the GJ position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover using a suitable tool wrapped with a cloth 4 Push down the shift lock as illustrated 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the J position while holding down the shift lock Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked NOTICE If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the GJ position after performing the shift lock release procedure immedi ately have the vehicle inspected by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Adaptive shift control The adaptive shift control system automatically operates when the transmission is in the EY position and selects an appropriate gear de pending on the road conditions such as uphill downhill or curving roads Control on uphill and curving roads A lo
204. fter attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop
205. fying that it complies with Federal Motor CeCe cred ine ees Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian vehicle seatback must be at or above the a Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 center of the child s ears If the seatback is e A booster seat must only be in lower than the center of the child s ears a stalled in a seating position thathas Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be high back booster seat should be used sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat a lap shoulder belt and seat belt system e lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat If you must insta
206. g light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the those recommended are used the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road NOTE Always make sure the VDC is ON before driving the vehicle by checking that the VDC OFF indicator lights on the meter and the VDC set up switch are not illuminated The GT R is a high performance vehicle and the VDC must be on activated to provide proper powertrain operation and intended drivability The VDC OFF mode should ONLY be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by tempora rily stopping operation of the VDC to maintain wheel torque Driving the GT R with the VDC off may lead to handling issues related to steering maneuvers acceleration or deceleration Moreover driving with the VDC off can result in an inoperative vehicle by causing ser ious damage to the powertrain including damage to the Transaxle Assembly including Transfer Clutch Gears Transaxle case and all of its components and other drivetrain component s by overheating or ex cessive force Damage to the powertrain or any drivetrain component s that occurs when there is a record in the Vehicle Status Data Recorder VSDR that the vehicle was driven with VDC off
207. g T 8 9 10 11 7 12 1 Fuse fusible link holder 7 Air cleaner 2 Battery 8 Power steering fluid reservoir 3 Engine oil filler cap 9 Radiator filler cap 4 Strut support bar 10 Coolant reservoir cap pressure type 5 Engine oil dipstick 11 Coolant reservoir 6 Brake fluid reservoir 12 Window washer fluid reservoir 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself REMOVING THE COWL TOP COVER 2 Unfasten the 5 clips and remove the cowl 3 Unfasten the 3 clips and remove the cowl top cover A by pulling it up top cover by pulling it towards the front Remove the cowl top cover if necessary of the vehicle 1 Remove the battery cover Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not neces Sary e Never remove the radiator or cool ant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator 1 If your vehicle overheats page 6 7 e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To pre vent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 10 Maintenance and
208. g when the ignition switch is set to the ACC or ON position When the ignition switch is in the ON position operating the rear window defroster will also remove frost and fog from the outside mirrors 12 gt Rear window defroster switch page 2 48 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover MEMO Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 MEMO 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY OWNER S MANUAL Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual that includes the following information Multi function display system Navigation Audio system Bluetooth hands free phone system Heater and air conditioner Viewing information Other settings Voice recognition Multi function meter General system information 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving Exhaust gas carbon monoxide Three way catalyst Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Avoiding collision and rollover Off road recovery Rapid air pressure loss Drinking alcohol drugs and driving All Wheel Drive AWD driving safety precautions Push button ignition switch Operating range for engine start Ignition switch operation Ignition switch positions Emergency engine shut off Intelligent Key battery discharge Before starting
209. g it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle NOTE When driving on snow select the SAVE mode with the setup switch By selecting the SAVE mode the engine output is controlled appropriately for snow or slip pery road surfaces This enables the vehi cle to start or accelerate smoothly ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 3 Turn the engine off Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts A WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical sys tem or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the engin
210. g light page 2 26 ENGINE SYSTEM MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER ENGINE SYSTEM WARNING This will appear if a potential emission control malfunction is detected the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or the vehicle runs out of fuel 13 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL page 2 30 Instruments and controls 2 33 CHECK POSITION OF SHIFT LEVER SHIFT LEVER POSITION WARNING This will appear if the system cannot detect the shift lever position Stop the vehicle in a safe location Depress the brake pedal and move this shift lever to another position then move the lever back to the desired position If the warning is still displayed after the above operation is performed have the system checked by a GI R certified NISSAN dealer 14 Driving the vehicle page 5 15 2 34 Instruments and controls WARNING T M SYSTEM MALFUNCTION VISIT DEALER GaEalT r TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARN ING This will appear if a transmission system malfunction occurs 12 Transmission warn ing light page 2 29 WARNING 00 00 T M OIL TEMP HIGH DECREASE SPEED TRANSMISSION OIL HIGH TEM PERATURE WARNING This will appear if the transmission oil tempera ture becomes unusually high 12 Transmission warning light page 2 29 WARNING T M CLUTCH TEMP HIGH STOP VEHICLE UNTIL WARNING TURNS OF TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HIGH TEMPERATURE WARNING This will appe
211. gent Key battery repla cement page 8 26 SECURITY SYSTEMS La ag aN ONG ey TAA pE Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs Instruments and controls 2 43 The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when un attended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your GT R certified NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features 2 44 Instruments and controls How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close
212. ghten the cap the cap may be damaged WARNING The use of tires other than those specified or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted radial or run flat or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking VDC system hand ling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling character istics affect the VDC system and or cause interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear 1 Wheels and tires page 9 9 When a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute and remain on after the 1 minute Con tact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or de formed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have struct
213. h new tires is recommended However if a tire is punctured or damaged it may be possible to replace only the damaged tire Determining whether one tire or a complete set of tires should be replaced is based on a number of factors including tire wear and condition Contact your GT R certified NISSAN dealer They can recommend if an individual tire or a complete set should be replaced NOTICE Make sure the tire valve stem cap is installed and that the valve stem is tight When installing the cap make sure to tighten the cap by hand If a tool is used to tighten the cap the cap may be damaged TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The system also displays pressure of all tires on the multi function display by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure 12 Low tire pressure warn ing light page 2 26 1 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS page 5 4 Flat tire page 6 2 Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressure often and always prior to long distance trips The recom mended tire pres
214. h uu teeters 2 46 Using th Wipers xe scscccactce cs ce eececeesae cee aeettierceaceseeewedeees 2 47 SING TNE WASHER sics a 2 47 Rear window defroster SWItCN ou eccseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 2 48 Headlight and turn signal switch ou eeseeeteeeeteeteeeee 2 48 AOMOM headlights iesnas depne 2 48 Headlight SWiPOI eee ene mene rere emer eee eee eee ee 2 49 Hazard warning flasher switch 0 teeseseseeeesetseeteeetseeeeeees 2 52 glo d p eee eee eee eee eee eee 2 52 Heated seats if SO equipped e ssesseseesesseseesseeseeeeseesees 2 53 Turning on the heaters sissectaascectsnccecescaptpreecscesseccsicaesens 2 53 Turning off the heaters s sssssssssssnensnsnensnnenennenrnrnenennnns 2 53 Power outlets oo eeceeeeeseeeeeseeeeeceeeseeesaeseeaeseseeaesesaneeeaneeeseeees 2 54 OO dra E E EEE E 2 55 Gup OIG STS ssacetsnsstesrsnensnnescsnxbansorsasaastonntap cbsescsnsoaesaenannoies 2 55 Sunglasses holder esssceeceeeeeseeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaes 2 56 DOTO OROT a E 2 57 OV DON eR E ences 2 57 Console DOK diisses rideo 2 58 OAT OO es an aA EAEE 2 58 MV ING OWS icssenssacinuesscaatedansssiononcossnssetecsanctanesthaxesesenctsearcasetsomeeds 2 59 Power WINGOWS cosccssscoxnccessciestaunscnscesesetessestmeeceetactentiacae 2 59 itero IODS secesceciec as cee a ecceeeeeeeeeeeseee 2 61 Pee VN sipsons ai Eei 2 61 Interior light control switch ssesssssssssrsrsrssrsrsrsnsrssrsnsn 2 61 Vany Or 6 gt reanna ai iea aane 2 62 HomeLink
215. hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate If the indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train HomeLink completing the programming may require a ladder and another person for convenience Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire Originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door opener s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this step Quickly within 30 s
216. he OFF side 12 Trunk release power cancel switch page 3 20 2 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 3 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 15 Glove box page 2 57 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents CAUTION To prevent theft or accidents be sure to stop the engine and lock the doors before stepping away from the vehicle 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be da maged ts Automatic adjusting function page 2 60 NOTE e The doors of this vehicle are
217. he position of the speedometer nee dle and the speed shown in the vehicle information display may slightly differ CRUISE 60 n CURRENT FUEL CONSUMPTION The current fuel economy is displayed when driving VEHICLE SPEED This displays the vehicle speed while driving CRUISE CONTROL This displays the set cruise control status NOTE The cruise control display is shown if cruise control is set 1 Cruise control page 5 33 Instruments and controls 2 15 AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION AND SPEED This displays the average fuel economy and average vehicle speed beginning from the time when the display was last reset To reset the display press and hold the NEXT switch for more than 1 second The average fuel economy and average vehicle speed are reset at the same time 2 16 Instruments and controls NOTE _ ig displayed during the first 1 3 mile 500 m or the first 30 seconds after a reset The values are updated approximately every 30 seconds TIME 0 0 miues 34 5 ELAPSED TIME AND TRIP OD OMETER This displays the elapsed time and trip odometer beginning from the time when the display was last reset To reset the display press and hold the NEXT switch for more than 1 second The elapsed time and trip odometer are reset at the same time DISTANCE TO EMPTY This displays the approximate distance that the vehicle can be driven based on the amount of fuel remai
218. he special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law VEHICLE STATUS DATA RECORDER VSDR The Vehicle Status Data Recorder VSDR is different from the Event Data Recorder de scribed in Event Data Recorder in this section The VSDR is not a crash activated device but it records and accumulates vehicle data while driving Examples are e Vehicle operating information such as the wheel speeds of the front and rear wheels e Engine control information such as the engine speed and boost pressure The VSDR always records and stores vehicle operating data between periodic inspections which can assist and be used for servicing diagnosing and performing warranty repairs The VSDR does not record sounds conversa tions or images To read data recorded by the VSDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the VSDR is needed HANDLING OF DATA NISSAN and third parties affiliated with NISSAN can acquire and use the data recorded by the VSDR in order to confirm the part replacement history to improve the quality of NISSAN vehicles With the exception of the following cases neither NISSAN nor third parties affiliated with NISSAN shall disclose or offer the acquired data to other non affiliated third parties e With the agreement of the
219. he tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and cor rected as necessary Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before instal ling tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer instructions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or undercarriage If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be da maged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected NOTE Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels NOTI
220. he vehicle cannot be accelerated from a stop condition while the gear is in the 2nd to 6th position When accelerating the vehicle from a stop condition use the 1st gear position To shift up pull the paddle shifter on the right side toward you To shift down pull the paddle shifter on the left side 2 toward you First gear Use this position when accelerating from a stop climbing a steep hill slowly or engine braking at low speeds Second gear Use this position when accelerating or engine braking at mid low speeds Third gear Use this position when accelerating or gently engine braking at middle speeds Fourth gear Use this position when accelerating or gently engine braking at mid high speeds e Fifth gear Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds Engine braking is weaker in this position e Sixth gear Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds Engine braking is weakest in this position Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions that will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage
221. heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat tempera NOTICE tures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the e The battery could run down if the seat Use of the seat heater by such seat heater is operated while the people could result in serious injury engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat The seat heaters can be used when the ignition switch is in the ON position The front seats are A CAUTION warmed by the built in heaters e When cleaning the seat never use Do not put anything on the seat TURNING ON THE HEATERS i which EE anne such as a gasoline HINO CLF MY Eves Press the HI or LO side of the switch to blanket cushion seat cover etc materials activate the heaters The switch indicator Otherwise the seat may become e Do not place anything hard or heavy To heat the seat quickly on the seat or pierce it with a pin or To keep the seat warm similar object This may result in damage to the heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately Instruments and controls 2 53 POWER OUTLETS If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may open Next to the steering wheel Pull out the cap to use the outlet Replace the cap after use NOTICE e Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle ba
222. hicle is equipped with cross drilled floating rotors and radial mounted six piston monoblock calipers This helps to achieve excellent stopping performance and fade resis tance Using non genuine GT R Brake pads or rotors can affect vehicle braking performance and the operation of the ABS and VDC system Replacement of brake pads and disc rotors NISSAN generally recommends to replace all four sets of brake pads and disc rotors at the same time to maintain maximum brake perfor mance However replacing only the brake pads may be allowed in some cases four wheels or only front wheels depending on the conditions A GT R certified technician must inspect the vehicle and determine that only the brake pads need to be replaced In this case replacing all brake pads and disc rotors as a set is not necessary Note that the replacement of brake pads and the disc rotors as a set on all four wheels should be GT R Overview GITR 5 performed when a GI R certified technician determines that this is the correct repair If the inside of the disc rotors are cold during the winter and the surface becomes hot due to a heavy force being applied repeatedly to the brakes cracks may occur near the coolant hole on the surface of the disc rotor Cracks may also occur due to a heavy force being repeatedly applied to the brakes during high performance driving In these cases it may be necessary to replace the disc rotors or brake pads depending on
223. hicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the In telligent Key function or use the mechanical key When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broad casting station When in possession of wireless equip ment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is discharged replace it with a new one 1 Intelligent Key battery replace ment page 8 26 Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves If the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter Because the
224. hind the vehicle is clear of obstructions In case of emergency 6 11 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward e Shift back and forth between the GJ and EN A positions e Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between the GJ and AoW positions e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h 5 Turn on the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 6 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 6 12 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care CIGANING GXLETION sccesinazscsesesnsatatecsnnnecantsecesnsinansmennnniisnanreatensisie 1 2 saning IMTSrIOT sscsscisscsesnnesaseakaensncceicstbtenannensnennnpasssiesesoienicccnnie 7 9 Wa RINO aeaa a E 7 2 Air fresheners ssssssssssssresssssnsnsnssnsnsnsnnnnenonenennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnene 7 5 M EE EE ate eee area eaeecees 7 3 POE TYME ecg scsi ecg eee ee 7 5 Removing SOUS sssessssssssrsresrsssnsnsnesnnsnsnnnsnennsnsnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnne 7 3 Seal DEUS ninemsn an uneencieas 7 6 8 ale od 81610 spremni re crete ern eer 7 3 COMOSION PrOle ClION sisssisirannnnrn ao 7 7 SS S E 7 3 Most common factors contributing to a E E E E TA 7 3 vehicle COMOSION wseseesssssssseessssesseessssseennsssesseensnnnesenssneseeen 7 7 CN O E a 7 4 Environmental factors infl
225. ic road wheels for GI R See the 2012 Warranty Information Booklet for the applicable exclusions Refer to the following table for the details of applicable wheels GT R specified road GT R specified road GT R specified road wheels 10 spoke wheels wheels 7 spoke wheels h p 4 rO wheels 6 spoke wheels GT R Pure edition x 8 O GT R Black edition O x 3 GT R Premium edition x 3 O 1 Applicable for 2012 NISSAN GT R produced from November 2010 2 Applicable for NISSAN GT R produced before November 2010 3 Only when the winter tires shown in the previous table are used Applicable as standard or an option covered by warranty Suitable covered by warranty x Not applicable not covered by warranty 9 10 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase in mm 183 9 4 670 74 6 1 895 53 9 1 370 62 6 1 590 63 0 1 600 109 4 2 780 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state
226. id serious engine damage due to increased cylinder temperatures do not use fuels that contain more alcohol than indicated in js Gasoline con taining oxygenates page 9 4 Also do not use fuel additives fuel stabilizers or fuel deicers that contain alcohol BODY REPAIR The body of the GT R has been manufactured on special fixtures utilizing a hybrid structure with aluminum die cast parts for the frame work Special skills information and equipment are required to correctly repair the body Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer if the vehicle is damaged such as in a collision and they will recommend an appropriate body shop Only certified body shops using CELETTE advanced collision repair equipment are ap proved by NISSAN for repairing structural body damage Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer or NISSAN Consumer Affairs for a referral or list of certified body shops ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving The following information applies only if you engage in performance driving such as driving your GT R for extended periods under the following conditions e Higher RPM approaching redline opera tion e Frequent high pedal force braking from moderate and higher speeds e Frequent throttle activation e Fast revving throughout the RPM range In such cases the following additional main tenance guidelines apply
227. if the system is operational 1 37 OFF PASSENGER AIR BAG gt rv Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light sss Is located on the center instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger occupied status The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The srs iS OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The ss illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light 2 is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional 1 38 Safety Sea
228. ignment after 1 000 miles 1 600 km The wheel alignment can be adjusted by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer in accordance with specifications for city driving to high perfor mance driving The tires on the GT R may have different wear rates and wear patterns in comparison to conventional passenger vehicles Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer to confirm that the alignment is within specifications INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road condi tions Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ omy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil 13 Oil viscosity page 9 6 ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD Warning light Comes on or blinks
229. ild restraint installation using the Seat DEIS annoia deenaa eiaa Forward facing child restraint installation usro LAREI seiceanna eaa Forward facing child restraint installation using the SO AU TO LS E E A T A Installing top tether strap sesssesccccsnecessesenscansanctencsconerects Booster seats oo csssscscsesecseeeesecsseeseeeesessesassesseeansesaes Supplemental restraint system ssssssessesrseserersrsrsresrererrenen Precautions on supplemental restraint system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats ceecesesecscssesesescesesescessceseeesseveceeseeesevneneeserenens Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems sses Seat belts with pretensioners front seats Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Repair and replacement procedure SEATS Sit upright and well back Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly 12 Precautions on seat belt usage
230. iles 1 600 km The wheel alignment can be adjusted by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer in accordance with specifications for city driving to high perfor mance driving The tires on the GT R may have different wear rates and wear patterns in comparison to conventional passenger vehicles Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer to confirm that the alignment is within specifications PRECAUTIONS BEFORE DRIVING VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF MODE Always make sure the VDC is ON before driving the vehicle by checking that the VDC OFF indicator lights on the meter and the VDC set up switch are not illuminated The GT R is a high performance vehicle and the VDC must be on activated to provide proper powertrain operation and intended drivability GT R Overview GIR 9 component s by overheating or ex cessive force e Damage to the powertrain or any drivetrain component s that occurs when there is a record in the Vehicle Status Data Recorder VSDR that the vehicle was driven with VDC off during the period when the damage was incurred is excluded from war ranty coverage See your 2012 Warranty Information Booklet for important related information and warranty coverage exclusions See also section 2 page 2 29 and section 5 page 5 47 of this Owner s Manual Transmission Clutch Temperature High and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System for important additional related informa tion SUMMER TIRES The GT
231. in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If the seating position is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try
232. indicator 2 43 Intelligent Key battery replacement 8 26 Intelligent Key fUNCtIONS eececeeeseeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 3 9 Intelligent Key insertion indicator 2 42 Intelligent Key removal indicator 2 43 Intelligent Key system cscececteciescesticnttatseteertncersencuseerbecent 3 8 Interior light control SWItCh sssssssessssessssrrese 2 61 Interior lights isminin 2 61 Jacking vehicle and removing wheels 8 42 NUT yphegees f2 19 190 Pepeeee nner mms ete re eer err eer earns cer 6 4 8 18 Key Intelligent emer arene enn enn neers ee 3 2 Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 11 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator 2 43 Intelligent Key battery replacement 8 26 Intelligent Key fUNCtIONS sssssssessisessrersrsrsrsrrrnr 3 9 Intelligent Key insertion indicator 2 42 Intelligent Key removal indicator 2 43 Intelligent Key system sscececseeeesteeeseeeeees 3 8 TNS cae cise a eoareie ree teres 3 2 Locking with mechanical key scceeseeeeee 3 6 No key VAI ING cu csciscorsesere ceceaderensentacee Ueondexedecentie 2 40 Remote keyless entry functions 3 12 Larger eg lo cs a eee earner er ee rere errr 1 13 Light AWD warning CW aceteeeawete err caeedendaeoritemetieg 5 39 Exterior and interior lights 8 29 Headlight and turn signal switch sses 2 48 Headlight SWIEG I escsccecontes acezsust eentecerecentinnescscstthenit 2 49 HeadlightS irr isiro 8 29 Indicator lightSssiiesiiii nrc
233. ine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat tires the run flat tire warning light will illuminate continuously and a chime will sound for 10 seconds The chime will only sound at the first indication of a flat tire and the warning light will illuminate continuously When the Flat tire warning is activated have the system reset and the tire checked and replaced if necessary by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Even if the tire is inflated to the specified COLD tire pressure the warning light will continue to illuminate until the system is reset by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Your vehicle can be driven for a limited time on a flat tire 1 Run flat tires page 8 37 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s r
234. ing 2 34 Opening and closing the trunk 3 20 Opening lgiomclale peerrerren re cere tree rere ner earner 3 7 Opening the fuel filler COOK tsesceseeseeeeeeteeetees 3 23 Opening the OO oes ecses eee 3 17 Operating range for engine Start 5 10 Operating the HomeLink universal ranSCCWEM x ii sdaw a neeevnniedereana 2 65 Operation CISA Sr ceees spite cece ero iaine 2 41 Outside air temperature cc esseecsetcessseseeeeteeteees 2 17 Outside door handleS ssseseesessresrssrsrsrrsresrsrerresresrsne 7 4 Outside MIOS ssiiseesseniueisseinecuiie nenea 3 27 Outside temperature display indicates higher temperature seccccccssceeseeseseeeseeeeeees GTR 22 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 7 Owner s Manual Service Manual order INTONATION sensan enrera iei 9 22 Parking Parking brake sisieun 5 32 Parking brake break in sssssssessssrsrsrrersnsrereersnes 5 46 Parking brake release Warning 2 35 Parking parking on Nill Siva ceiceictiaceev ede 5 43 Passenger COMpPaMMeNt a cterierciccscreeeriveretontitecs 8 24 Power Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 Power UT US cs seca csera te necoreteueee et beenre nel eee 2 54 Bee ee cles 1g 6 Peete erence ener meee eres tr 5 45 Power steering fluid eeceesecceeeseseeeseeees 8 14 Power WINDOWS secs oceser tests crctactceebcetencecectecn 2 59 Trunk release power cancel switch 0 3 20 PrecattionS serien a aieteeaeerenee 8 16 All Wheel Drive d
235. ing light may illuminate 47 GT R special speci fication parts page GTR 3 5 40 Starting and driving Do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the trans mission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dy namometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equip ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury NOTICE If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The powertrain may be damaged if you continue driving with the warn ing light blinking Do not spin the rear wheels while driving Spinning the rear wheels may increase the temperatures
236. ing mounted attachments that can be connected to anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LATCH rigid attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint 1 17 Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchor
237. ing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks NOTICE Never use wax on the carbon parts This may cause deterioration or corrosion REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the win dows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could da
238. instructions to remove any slack 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 10 OFF PASSENGER AIR BAG gt rv Forward facing step 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light sss should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restrain
239. ion Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LATCH lower anchor Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured prop erly if the lower anchors are ob structed LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webb
240. ions For the first 3 000 6 000 miles 5 000 10 000 km of the vehicle s service life and for the first 3 000 6 000 miles 5 000 10 000 km after a brake replacement the brake pad to brake rotor clearance Is very small When parking apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the GJ position Idle the engine for more than 20 seconds without depressing the brake pedal This allows the brake pads to move away from the rotor so the pad does not contact the rotor Additionally the brakes must be dry before parking the vehicle after driving on wet roads or after washing the vehicle If the roads are wet lightly apply the brakes for a short distance before parking the vehicle to dry the brakes After washing the vehicle dry the brakes by driving on a dry road for a few miles and apply the brakes normally based on traffic and road conditions The metallic brake pads and brake disc rotor may rust together when the brakes are not applied If the vehicle is not idled for 20 seconds without the brakes applied or if the brakes are applied when the vehicle is shut off the rotor and pads can rust together even when the brake pads are GT R Overview GIR 23 dry If the brakes are wet when the vehicle is parked and the parking brake is applied for a long time The hill start assist system can apply the brakes even if the brake pedal is not depressed The brake pads and rotors can rust together if the parking pro
241. ions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S customers NISSAN North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers NISSAN Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents GT R Overview Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments O O N O A A A Q N Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information G _ Ad GT R Overview GT R specific information wcicsuscossssdacsascestscastcncstnumsnsseaness GTR 3 Warranty information ssessssssesessssrsrsrssrnssrersnnnnsrerernnnrss GTR 3 Maintenance information oo cccssssseseeseeseeeeseeeees GTR 3 GT R special specification parts cscs GTR 3 EANG OI eio EE reer GTR 3 Transmission Oll aseeseen unna ER GTR 4 Differential oil front and rear neess GTR 4 Brake TUIO sareen E GTR 4 Tires and road wheels ssssssssssssssssrerernsrersnsnennnenene GTR 4 SUSpENS ON seacceatrceedetierececeucstroesteiesescterecenrentsoetsncsssiecet GTR 5 Brake pad and disc rotor ssssssssessssrsnsrerensrenensnenennns GTR 5
242. ions contained in this Owner s Manual including but not limited to e Failure to use proper parts fuel and fluids e Driving with the VDC off e Racing e Any competitive driving of any sort whatso ever e Use on a track or driving on any airstrip e Modifications including adding replacing reprogramming attempting to reprogram altering disconnecting any computer con trol unit or electronic modules e Deleting any or all stored information in any computer control unit or electronic module including VSDR e Failure to have required Performance Opti mization Services performed In addition see your Dunlop Goodyear and Bridgestone tire warranties for specific limita tions or exclusions for operating summer tires below 20 C 4 F MAINTENANCE INFORMATION e Special skills knowledge and equipment are necessary to properly inspect and adjust the GT R engine transmission Suspension and brakes to maintain performance A GT R certified NISSAN dealer has the GT R certified technical staff and the special equipment to properly maintain your GT R e NISSAN recommends maintenance items that require the replacement of parts engine oil oil filters and air filters should be performed by a GT R certified dealer Make sure the specified fluids and parts are used when the maintenance is performed NISSAN also recommends the replacement of parts such as brakes should be performed by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer
243. isplay appears on the vehicle information display When stopping the engine be sure to move the shift lever to the GJ position and then press the ignition switch Failure to do so may result in discharge of the battery 12 Shift P warning page 2 41 If the shift lever was in the H M or GJ position when the engine was stopped then be sure to move the shift lever to the GJ position before starting the engine the next time If the engine is started with the shift lever in the JJ position then it may not be possible to drive the vehicle even when the shift lever is moved to the H N or Qj position If this occurs the SHIFT GJ warning appears on the vehicle infor mation display 2 Shift P warn ing page 2 41 DRIVING THE VEHICLE DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION The GT R dual clutch transmission is a newly developed system that uses an electronically controlled multiple disc wet clutch attached to the highly efficient manual transmission This transmission has two driving modes e EY position Automatic gearshift allows automatic shifting of the manual transmission e QW position Manual gearshift allows quick shifting of the manual transmis sion NOTE When starting or driving on a steep uphill grade shift to the J position and operate the paddle shifter to shift down to 1st gear similar to a manual transmission vehicle The GT R dual clutch transmission was devel oped specifically to ma
244. ivated by e Opening the door or the trunk lid without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechan ical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by e Unlocking a door by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key e Unlocking a door by pushing the door handle request switch e Pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference an
245. ize the vehicle s performance capabilities These characteristics cause the GT R tires to have more road noise than a typical passenger car tire This road noise is normal Due to the performance capabilities and requirements of the GT R the sequential 6 speed dual clutch transmission is unlike a typical automatic transmission You will likely hear mechanical sounds from the transmis sion particularly at slow speeds and at idle This condition is normal BRAKE SYSTEM INFORMATION Cracks on brake pad The friction material of the GT R disc brake pad is bonded to the pad backing plate more strongly than conventional brake pads to with stand the high brake temperatures The friction material and backing plate expand due to heat at different rates Some cracks may be on the surface of the friction material due to the differences in expansion rates and the strong bond between the friction material and backing plate The cracks do not indicate the brake pads need to be replaced However depending on the condition of the cracks the pads may need to be replaced Contact a GI R certified NISSAN dealer Cracks on the disc rotors When the brake is repeatedly applied at high loads during the cold season small cracks of approximately 0 12 in 8 mm long may appear around the cross drilled holes A This is due to the temperature differential that occurs because the surfaces of the disc rotors become hot while the inside of the
246. justed by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer in accordance with specifications for city driving to high perfor mance driving The tires on the GT R may have different wear rates and wear patterns in comparison to conventional passenger vehicles Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer to confirm that the alignment is within specifications INCREASE TIGHTENING OF THE DRIVE SHAFT AND CENTER NUT ON HUB During the first GT R special inspection after driving 1 000 miles the front and rear wheel hub lock nuts each one on the left and right sides must be tightened to the specified tightening specification The wheel lock nuts should be properly tightened every time the GT R Overview GIR 7 inspection is performed ENGINE SETTINGS balancing right and left air flow Each cylinder bank of this engine operates independently due to the vehicle s twin turbo charger design Each side of the engine must operate at the same level of performance The air flow of each bank must be checked and adjusted as necessary by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer TRANSMISSION SETTINGS The design of the clutch and transmission requires inspection and adjustment of the clutch and shift forks by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer at the recommended intervals Depend ing on the driving conditions more frequent adjustments may be necessary to help maximize vehicle performance CHECKING THE EXHAUST FIN ISHER AND REAR BUMPER CLEARANCE Clearance between
247. k for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing scheduled maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Transmission J mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the J position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake Operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs to be adjusted see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure th
248. ks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes in the engine compartment immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 1 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide page 5 3 Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late 2 Underbody page 7 3 Windshield washer fluid Check that there is a
249. l II 4 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Change brake fluid every 3 000 miles 5 000 km 1 Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic is the factory fill oil The VR38 engine with its plasma sprayed bores was developed using this oil NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other OW 40 synthetic oil is used If Mobil 1 OW 40 is not available Mobil 1 10W 40 100 synthetic may be used however some performance loss may be noticed 2 The differential oil temperature cannot be displayed on the multi function display The differential oil temperature can be checked with the transmission oil temperature since both usually increases or decrease concurrently 3 MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 can also be used MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 may not be available at most NISSAN dealer or in all markets GT R Overview GIR 19 4 Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure the best performance and proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used GTR 20 GT R Overview When the transmission oil temperature increases to over 284 F 140 C the color of the meter display turns to red However the vehicle can be driven until the tempera ture reaches 295 F 146 C When the color of the meter display turns red because the oil is dete
250. le and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada For the tire removing procedure see the following section 79 Jacking vehicle and removing wheels page 8 42 JUMP STARTING The following circumstances indicate that the battery is discharged e The starter motor does not turn or it turns weakly and the engine does not start e The vehicle lights are much dimmer than usual e The sound of the horn is weak The horn makes no sound NOTICE When the battery is discharged do not close either of the front doors The automatic window adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed For the battery maintenance information see the following section 12 Battery page 8 16 If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attemp
251. li Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid NISSAN cannot ensure proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used TIRES AND ROAD WHEELS Genuine GT R tires and road wheels Use only genuine GT R tires and road wheels Tires The GT R uses specially designed run flat tires and matching road wheels Use of these specially developed tires and wheels provides the greatest potential for maximum performance e Using non genuine GT R tires may cause powertrain system damage if the vehicle is driven in a flat tire situation even if run flat tires are used This may also prevent the vehicle from being stopped safely e Using non genuine GT R tires may also cause tire failure due to excessive heat buildup caused by tire distortion while driving e Using non genuine GT R tires may affect the operation of the VDC system Tire replacement e When tire replacement is required replacing tires as a set of four with new tires is recommended However if a tire is punctu red or damaged it may be possible to replace only the damaged tire Determining whether one tire or a complete set of tires should be replaced is based on a number of factors including tire wear and condition Contact your GT R certified NISSAN dealer They can recommend if an individual tire or a complete set should
252. ling or registering your vehicle in Fegi jal age U Lg g epemmererer teen nee ere eterna err ee ener or yet 9 11 Where to go for SOrviCe scsceccceccseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeess 8 3 Window washer TU seeker cece reeset dvceeecereemeenteteeens 8 15 NV Secrets saves cca Sheet ett E K ees 2 59 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 46 Windshield wiper blades csssceceeeeeeeees 8 21 Wiper Replacing the wiper blades 8 21 Using the WIC TS xx e ccs cece ears ecececen ed at 2 47 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 46 Windshield wiper blades 8 21 MEMO 10 9 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VR38 engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 98 to max imize vehicle performance If the premium gasoline specified above is not available you may use unleaded premium gaso line with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI nents See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet for details and exclusions NISSAN recommends using fuels that contain no alcohol However fuels containing up to 10 alcohol may be used if necessary To avoid serious engine damage due to in creased cylinder temperature do not use fuels that contain more number Research octane number 96 but you may notice a decrease in performance Do not use gasoline with a lower octane rating than 91 AKI Research octane
253. ll a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a forward facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Outboard position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If the seating position is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt Three point type seat belt with re tractor page 1 8 OFF PASSENGER AIR BAG gt rv2 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light srg may or may not illuminate d
254. ll up the switch and release it it does not need to be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving con ditions the auto reverse function may be 2 60 Instruments and controls activated if an impact or load similar to some thing being caught in the window occurs Automatic adjusting function The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly While the automatic adjusting function does not work the window will be controlled as follows e When the door is opened the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds e While the door is open the window cannot be raised If the windows do not close auto matically If the power
255. ls The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers E Empty The low fuel warning will be indicated on the vehicle information display when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when 2 8 Instruments and controls the fuel gauge needle reaches E 125 Low fuel warning page 2 39 The fR indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle 14 Fuel filler door page 3 22 NOTE If the vehicle runs out of fuel the F Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After SERVICE a few driving trips the ce light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 147 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL page 2 30 TRANSMISSION POSITION INDICA TOR The transmission position indicator indicates the gear positions The indicator blinks if it is not possible to shift the gear when in the M position UPSHIFT INDICATOR 1 Upshift indicator green 2 Upshift indicator yellow 3 Upshift indicator red When the upshift indicator is set to on the indicators on the tachometer will illuminate to help upshift at a constant engine
256. lso if the vehicle is refueled when the vehicle is hot the fuel pump may automatically shut off before the tank is full This does not indicate that there is a malfunction Refuel slowly or refuel after the vehicle has cooled GT R Overview GIR 21 GASOLINE SMELL The fuel temperature is higher when the vehicle is hot This may cause a gasoline smell from the vehicle This does not indicate that there is a malfunction The smell will go away when the fuel temperature has cooled OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INDICATES HIGHER TEMPERATURE Heat from the engine compartment radiator and intercoolers can affect the outside temperature display The outside temperature display may indicate a higher than actual temperature while driving or stopped This is normal IDLE SPEED IS NOT STEADY The idle speed may not be steady when the engine compartment is extremely hot This is normal The engine speed will be steady when the engine cools down In this case the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on After a few driving trips the MIL should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer GTR 22 GT R Overview ENGINE SPEED IS RESTRICTED To help protect the engine the maximum engine speed is automatically controlled in the following conditions e Revving the engine with the shift lever in the G or position The maximum engine speed is 5 000 RPM
257. lt warning light 2 28 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC 9 34 off indicator light Supplemental air bag warning 9 98 light i Bi i g if so equipped Transmission warning light 2 29 a a a m m m 7 m ne N oi Illustrated table of contents 0 11 MEMO 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system BNA i a a G 1 2 Fon Seals sareen EAA AES 1 3 Head restraints seocsiacaaunwectisccneariesdesdecsunedanensseennsesuadbnnioantie 1 5 Deal Dells assanar EEE aaa aaa 1 6 Precautions on seat belt usage sesssssssrsssrsreresns 1 6 Pregnant WOMEN ecssecsecsesceseeseeecseseeseeassaeseeateetsesanseeaees 1 8 mured PrSONS sE E eran 1 8 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 8 Seat belt extenders oo ccecessscesessessesssseseserseeseesees 1 12 Seat belt maintenance oo cececcseseeeseeereseeseeseeeneeeeees 1 12 Child Sately arrese cane ENEA 1 12 MIAN TS eter cet ete aana anaa NE EEEE Eaa 1 13 Small children sssssesessessesessisresrnsrrsnrnusrrsnunnurerrnsrnsrernnresreens 1 13 Larger children ssisiisiusseisunisisensisodiienisasinnenunnsunniniiiniunnna 1 13 Cmd restante sritno 1 14 Precautions on child restraints sesessesessesieeernereernreern 1 14 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH oraecsrenn 1 16 Rear facing child restraint installation usma LATORI sacetuspesesecqeesecanmseanaestoatunatararanmenannnsaeaess Rear facing ch
258. mage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Appearance and care 7 3 Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed The dark chrome coat wheel is specially coated to a distinctive color It may discolor to black depending on storage conditions If only one wheel is changed it may be different color with other wheels If the wheel is changed consult with a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NOTICE Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the 7 4 Appearance and care same as ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is a
259. mals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide A WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless car bon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause uncon sciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions a Open all the windows b Set the air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident invol ving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear
260. marked con tainers out of the reach of children CAUTION Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Spe cial Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially de signed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used WINDOW WASHER FLUID NOTICE Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line Q or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add window washer fluid when the low washer fluid warning appears on the vehicle information display 1 Low washer fluid warning page 2 40 To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washe
261. mber and location of a GT R certified NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important informa tion you should know Many insurance compa nies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli sion Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation pa
262. mended adjustments for MaXiMUM performManCe ssssssssessesrerrsrerenssnernsrennn GTR 17 Recommended fluids and maintenance interval ssssssseesesrsrsrerererersrrerennns GTR 18 Reducing tight corner braking phenomenon 5 41 Refueling precautions ict eccccicatscsrttcscecebccersteenstarnts GTR 21 Remote keyless entry fUNCHIONS ceeeeee 3 12 Removing SO OS accra ste coceretce etcheeecenenercteerneceeeeeees 7 3 Removing the cowl top COVEf sssssssseseseisreresssrsrrsnnns 8 9 Repair and replacement procedure 1 44 Replacement of brake pads and disc rotors GTR 5 Replacing spark plUgS sssssssssssrssssrsrrsrsrssssrsnssnsresrenns 8 19 Replacing the brake DAC Srvc cies tseetecssteeeereitertins 8 23 Replacing the wiper blades cesceeeeeee 8 21 Replenishing COOAI rcctacetesnntsaseveutecendentecienates GTR 17 Reporting safety defects eects 9 19 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 65 Roadside assistance Prograim ssccsececeeeee 6 2 Run flat tire Warning s sssssssssrsrssesrenerrnresrsnsnesnnnennnne 2 38 R n flat UGS scncsciueseanatesnsiensediiavasaentancwtcasspdaansieatincasancssaxtts 6 3 Safety All Wheel Drive driving safety precautions 5 9 Child safety ennnen clea s 1 12 Reporting safety defects sssr 9 19 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental PSS UIE SY SUSI riiai snieter ed i RA EET SERE AEF n TiNa 1 1 Scheduled maintenance ssessssresrserrerrrs
263. ments 3 13 Hazard indicator and horn mode Switching procedure The horn beep feature can be deactivated with dS oor reek poor umock Taumcuntocn J 2 fom peep feature Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none 1 Push the LOCK and UNLOCK Using door handle request OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME 4 buttons simultaneously for more than 2 switch or trunk open request twi n tim switch ee oe es seconds Remote keyless entry sys 2 The hazard indicator flashes 3 times tem HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none Using A or button HORN once HORN none HORN none 3 The horn beep feature will be deactivated hina Hazard indicator mode 4 To reactivate the horn beep feature Hazard Hazard indicator mode indicator and horn mode push the buttons once more The hazard indicator flashes re DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK once and the horn beeps once hae ae et system HAZARD INDICATOR AND Using door handle request AZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none HORN MODE switch or trunk open request switch Push formas HAZARD flashes once Remote keyless entry sys hand a HORN chirps once tem ri HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none l Using amp g or button Push 8 for more HAZARD flashes 3 times than 2 sec sr recxorwe 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from
264. mporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This does not indicate that there is a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No Headlight assembly low beam Xenon high beam Halogen H9 7444NA W5W Daytime running light Front side marker light T10 Rear combination light Front turn signal light Clearance light back up W16W turn signal stop tail Rear side marker light License plate light Map light Vanity mirror light Step light Trunk light High mounted stop light See a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for replacement Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Always check with the Parts Department at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Map light Vanity mirror light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the following section 12 Flat tire page 6 2 Be sure to use the tires and wheels together as a set that are designated for use with this vehicle When tire replacement is required replacing the tires as a set of four wit
265. n a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Con tact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors NOTE You can check the pressure of all four tires on the multi function display See the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual The tires of this vehicle are filled with nitrogen gas When the tire pressure is low fill the tires with nitrogen Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for information on filling the tires with nitrogen If nitrogen is not available compressed air may be safely used under normal driving conditions However NISSAN recommends refilling with nitrogen for maximum tire performance RUN FLAT TIRES Run flat tires are those tires that can be used temporarily if they are punctured 12 Run flat tires page 8 37 Also see the tire safety information in the Warranty Information Booklet WARNING Although you can continue driving with a punctured run flat tire re member that vehicle handling sta bility is reduced which could lead to an accident and perso
266. n of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are e Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e lf a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle e Ifa computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in
267. nal injury Also driving a long distance at high speeds may damage the tires Do not drive at speeds above 50 MPH 80 km h and do not drive more than 50 miles 80 km with a punctured run flat tire The actual distance the vehicle can be driven on a flat tire depends on outside temperature vehicle load road con ditions and other factors Drive safely at reduced speeds Avoid hard cornering or braking which may cause you to lose control of the vehicle In case of emergency 6 3 NOTICE e Never install tire chains on a punc tured run flat tire as this could damage your vehicle e Avoid driving over any projection or pothole as the clearance between the vehicle and the ground is smal ler than normal e Donotenter an automated car wash with a punctured run flat tire e Have the punctured tire replaced by your GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible as the tire s performance capability is reduced If you have a flat tire and have to stop the vehicle follow the instructions below 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to the GJ position 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 4 Incase of emergency 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehic
268. ncrease the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light off If the light still illuminates while driv ing after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat Instruments and controls 2 27 2 28 Although you can continue driving with a punctured run flat tire re member that vehicle handling sta bility is reduced which could lead to an accident and personal injury Also driving a long distance at high speeds may damage the tires Do not drive at speeds above 50 MPH 80 km h and do not drive more than 50 miles 80 km with a punctured run flat tire The actual distance the vehicle can be driven on a flat tire depends on outside temperature vehicle load road con ditions and other factors When a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system reset ting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Instrumen
269. nder temperatures do not use fuels that contain more alcohol than indicated in this sec tion Also do not use fuel additives fuel stabilizers or fuel deicers that contain alcohol Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC speci fications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this spe cification to improve emission system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded
270. ndicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving con ditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system i
271. nding setting screen To return to the initial setting screen press and hold the ENTER switch J for more than 1 second NOTE When the battery terminal is discon nected the set memory will be erased and the settings return to the default Setting is not possible in the following cases The vehicle is being driven A warning display is active The instrument brightness control level display is active The cruise control status is dis played gt UP SHIFT SBACK Alert This function can be used to make settings for the upshift indicator time to rest indicator and low outside temperature warning Upshift indicator For details concerning the upshift indicator refer to the following section a9 Upshift indica tor page 2 9 EIT TIMER indicator This alert informs the driver that the set driving time has elapsed On the TIMER screen push the NEXT switch to change the time Push and hold the switch to increase the number every 1 hour A maximum of 6 hours can be set NOTE The default setting is OFF LOW F OUTSIDE U i TEMP Low outside temperature warning This alert informs the driver when the outside air temperature is lower than 37 F 8 C On the ICY screen push the NEXT switch to turn this warning ON OFF NOTE The default setting is ON Instruments and controls 2 19 MAINTENANCE Aaa gt OIL gt FILTER Mai
272. nformation label 8 33 9 13 MUP SS INS cee ce cenctes csesestcedincoscpncenenseyrceens cereetenn 8 39 Tire SS SUAS oats cece ienen eea 7 4 Tire eguipmeNt issuri a 5 50 Tire labeling ssssssssssessrssssrsnssnenesnonnnnnrnnrnesnsnnsnennnnns 8 35 Uilcome occll cree eet ee eer aeia 8 31 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 4 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System warning 2 38 UGS cuca rece a oroeeeeterertaeeirendi ecard 5 42 Types Ol trO Skeie 8 37 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels and tif S ssssessiesierrrierrrrrrrrre 8 31 9 9 Tires and road wheelS s sssssseseesssrererererrrrreresrsrre GTR 4 To protect your vehicle from Corrosion 7 8 Towing Flat tOWING ieusi tenereat aeaa 9 17 Towing a trailer ssssesesseesissssrsnssiensrerieresrsnssrsnsnrenns 9 17 Towing recommended by NISSAN sessen 6 9 Towing your vehicle ssssssssssssssrsrrsrerrsssrrssrersreenn 6 8 Traction AA A B and Cuisines 9 17 Transmission Dual clutch transmission sssessssssseseeesrsrerrernss 5 15 Transmission clutch high temperature WAarnINg ssesssssssssssrsrrersresesrsrrsrerrerns 2 35 Transmission Oll c cesses tenes GTR 4 8 13 Transmission oil high temperature warning 2 34 Transmission position indicator eee 2 8 Transmission system check display 2 13 Transmission system Warning se 2 34 VDC transmission and suspension SetUp SW CS as aetecrr ctr eter ected 5 24 Transmission operation characteristics
273. ng control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelera tor pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Remain calm and do not overreact Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the blood stream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the se verity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that
274. ng seess GTR 12 Inspection and adjustments before driving GTR 12 Inspection and adjustments after driving GTR 17 GT R specific vehicle characteristics s s s GTR 21 Refueling precautions ceccececseeseeeeeeeeeesees GTR 21 Gasoline smell srcseeeecctec ster coceceeeericcesecsstsstcieoeeeeee GTR 22 Outside temperature display indicates higher temperature ecececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees GTR 22 Idle speed is not steady cece GTR 22 Engine speed is restricted GTR 22 Enom OUIOT isa GTR 22 Distortion of rear WING sessssssssssssssrsrssrsrsrsnnnnnsrsrsnns GTR 22 Uneven wear of tires Noises are heard while driving sesser Brake system information Dual clutch transmission Transmission operation characteristics GT R SPECIFIC INFORMATION The GT R is NISSAN s first supercar category vehicle The GT R is equipped with special systems These systems are different than those used on conventional vehicles to allow for the high performance driving characteristics of this vehicle Your vehicle should be maintained by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Special skills knowledge and equipment are necessary to properly maintain your GT R WARRANTY INFORMATION Please read this Owner s Manual carefully together with your Warranty Information Booklet which describes a number of express limitations exclusions and ways to void your warranty for failing to follow the instruct
275. ng the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the 2 46 Instruments and controls mist OFF INT 1 y Lod a USING THE WIPERS Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed O INT Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low continuous low speed operation 3 High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper NOTE In the MIST position the wipers oper ate while the lever is lifted up When the lever is released it automatically returns to the OFF position and the wipers stop When the speed sensing wiper interval function is turned on the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster To turn this function on and off see the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual If the wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice on and around the wiper arms In approxi mately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper USING TH
276. ning in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption NOTE e If the fuel level is low the low fuel warning will be displayed 1 Low fuel warning page 2 39 e If the vehicle is not refueled after the low fuel warning appears the display will change to This change timing may become earlier depending on the driving conditions This does not indicate that there is a malfunction The values are updated approximately every 30 seconds OUTSIDE TEMP JEF OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE This displays the outside air temperature NOTE The outside air temperature may not be displayed correctly in the following cases The outside air temperature is lower than 22 F 30 C or is higher than 131 F 55 C The vehicle is stopped or is driving at a low speed less than approxi mately 12 MPH 20 km h The temperature in the engine com Instruments and controls 2 17 partment is high e When the outside air temperature is lower than 37 F 3 C the low outside temperature warning will be displayed and ICY is indicated on the outside air temperature display 2 Alert page 2 19 2 18 Instruments and controls SETTING gt MAINTENANCE gt OPTIONS ENT EHE SETTING drive computer This is used to set the alert maintenance and optional settings Use the NEXT switch to select an item then confirm with the ENTER switch J to change to the correspo
277. nk open request switch A for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch An outside chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk NOTE e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system e When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open Battery saver system When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and e All doors are closed and e The shift lever is in the GJ position 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNC TIONS It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door and activate the panic alarm by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key NOTE Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle Remote keyless entry operating range The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key
278. not contact an interior surface e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s instructions before using air fresheners FLOOR MATS To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model See your GT R certified NISSAN dealer for more information e Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat posi tioning aid See Floor mat posi tioning aid later in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if Appearance and care 7 5 they become excessively worn 7 6 Appearance and care Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain that the mats are p
279. nt Window washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic is the factory fill oil The VR38 engine with its plasma sprayed bores was developed using this oil NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other OW 40 synthetic oil is used If Mobil 1 OW 40 is not available Mobil 1 10W 40 100 synthetic may be used however some performance loss may be noticed For additional information see the following section I Engine oil and oil filter recommendation page 9 6 2 The use of fluids and lubricants other than the specified may cause vehicle malfunctions and result in non warranty vehicle repairs 3 The recommended oil capacity level is 0 39 in 10mm 0 5 L below the H mark on the engine oil dipstick For additional information see the following section Ts Engine oil page 8 1 2 9 2 Technical and consumer information A 5 6 we 8 For additional information see the following section Ts Air conditioner specification label page 9 13 DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used For additional information see the following section I2 Engine cooling system page 8 10 Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure the best p
280. nt bumper Securely install the vehicle recovery hook 3 stored in the toolbox located under the front passenger s floor Use the wheel nut wrench 4 as illustrated to secure the recovery hook Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use Rear The rear hook is designed as the recovery hook To remove the cover 6 from the rear bumper first push in the tabs 7 until they unlatch and then pull the cover Securely install the recovery hook to the attaching mount located on the rear bumper Make sure that the recovery hook is properly secured in its storage location after use Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery NOTICE e Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehi cle body will be damaged e Never tow a vehicle using the vehi cle tie downs or recovery hooks e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system and select SAVE mode with the transmission setup switch joy VDC transmission and suspension setup switches page 5 24 Make sure the area in front and be
281. nt seat Forward facing child re straint installation using the seat belts page 1 24 Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child re straint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child re straints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should al ways be placed in an appropri ate child restraint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren system
282. ntacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign However Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 19 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or simila
283. ntenance This function can be used to set the various maintenance intervals and to check the engine oil level The reminders shown below are used to notify the driver of the maintenance intervals NOTE Because these are displayed based on the mileage driven they do not indicate the actual conditions of the vehicle Use these functions only as a reference Input the maintenance distance using the following items e On each setting screen push the NEXT 2 20 Instruments and controls switch to change the mileage Push and hold the switch to increase the number every 600 miles 1 000 km Set to to set no reminders To reset the accumulated mileage to zero go to the RESET screen then push the NEXT switch and confirm with the ENTER switch J NOTE To restore the mileage to the original figure after resetting press the NEXT switch again When the battery terminal is discon nected the set mileage will be erased and the settings will return to their default settings LOW M E GH AT ENGINE START GEST Engine oil level This can be used to check the pre start oil level while the engine is running Select SETTING gt MAINTENANCE gt OIL gt ENGINE OIL gt LEVEL If the low level reminder appears check the level using the engine oil dipstick 12 Checking engine oil level page 8 12 MAINTENANCE S77 ENGINE OIL SERVICE DUE NOW EXIT Engine oil When the custom
284. number 96 NOTICE Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control systems and may also affect warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo alcohol than indicated in t Gasoline containing oxyge nates page 9 4 Also do not use fuel additives fuel stabilizers or fuel deicers that contain alcohol For additional information see the following section 12 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants page 9 2 ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Mobil 1 OW 40 100 synthetic is the factory fill oil The VR38 engine with its plasma sprayed bores was developed using this oil NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other OW 40 synthetic oil is used If Mobil 1 OW 40 is not available Mobil 1 10W 40 100 synthetic may be used however some performance loss may be noticed See the following section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation 139 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants page 9 2 COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door Wheels and tires page 8 31 NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION Follow these recommendation
285. ny way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steer ing wheel or instrument panel Al ways use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classifi cation sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident 13 Front passenger air bag and status light page 1 38 Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could in crease the risk of hand injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out o
286. of the vehicle e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel 2 Insert the mechanical key into the emer tank after the fuel pump nozzle From the passenger compenmen gency trunk lid opener satin it clockwise shuts off automatically Continued The trunk can be opened with the emergency until it stops refueling may cause fuel overflow trunk lid opener located on the floor in front of resulting in fuel spray and possibly the passenger s seat NOTE a fire 1 Remove the board located on the floor in Because the trunk rigidity has been in e Use only an original equipment type front of the passenger s seat creased to handle the high load on the rear fuel filler cap as a replacement It wing during vehicle operation more force has a built in safety valve needed is required to operate the mechanical key for proper operation of the fuel particularly when the vehicle is new Be system and emission control sys sure to turn the key clockwise until it tem An incorrect cap can result in a stops serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the mal function indicator light to come on 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTICE e If fuel is spilled on the vehicl
287. omes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary 14 Brake fluid page 8 14 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking 12 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light page 2 25 Instruments and controls 2 25 eg Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose 2 26 Instruments and controls broken missing or if the light remains on see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer immediately NOTICE Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or
288. ommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter NISSAN recommends to use the genuine NISSAN oil filter for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant
289. onducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the activated pretensioners must also be replaced The air bag mod Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 MEMO 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls CGOCKDOICE sxesasasscoacnssnancnnnnnsvinnsosstasasnetptneicsneacesbsnsinneainincnnieansttabenin sed 2 3 Tete gb Tents g Ay Oy 9 cl Merrnrrnes reece eters tern meer te nea 2 4 Meters and gauges aa ane eer nn ere ee orem ere ee 2 5 Speedometer oon eeeeeescecsceeteeeseeeeeeeneeecaeseseeeeetsesenetataeaseeeees 2 6 Odometer twin trip odometer eeseseseeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 2 6 TAGIROMM LC aa ctcececesacee ee eeceeere eee 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge eesse 2 7 Fugl gauge arrienda eee err re 2 8 Transmission position indicator sssesesseeeeesrseersrerrereenens 2 8 SENG MAAC AVON gt ssiri aesan 2 9 Instrument brightness control ceseeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Vehicle information display cetesessascecusseccsetaacaessncesnecetanieonnees 2 11 Engine oil level display ssssssssssssssssrsrssrsssrsrnsrensnenssnsnsnsnns 2 12 Transmission system check display ceeeeeee 2 13 Drive COMMUTER assas
290. oner etc Remove the battery cover Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated gt gt gt If the battery is disconnected or dis charged the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock A CAUTION Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery Make sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle A at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started NOTE Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again 7 After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 4 gt 8 Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contami nated with corrosive acid 9 Put the battery cover on NOTE If the clamp clip is difficult to connect to the battery terminal remove the cowl top
291. ont passenger and rear seats have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode or child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt is fully retracted 1 Child restraints page 1 14 The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension It can also change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag 1 Front passenger air bag and status light page 1 38 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled qui
292. or safety Frequent use of the R mode start function increases the load on the powertrain related parts such as the clutch and transmission compared to normal driving In particular the clutch will wear out more quickly Starting and driving 5 31 HOW TO USE R MODE START FUNCTION 1 2 Move the shift lever to the ZY or M position Select the R mode with the transmission setup switch 1 VDC transmission and suspension setup switches page 5 24 Select the R mode with the VDC setup switch Depress the brake pedal firmly with your left foot and keep depressing the brake pedal Depress the accelerator pedal quickly to the floor with your right foot while the brake pedal is depressed The engine speed will increase to approximately 4 000 rpm and will be maintained Within 3 seconds after depressing the accelerator pedal release the brake pedal 5 32 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE To apply Pull the parking brake lever up To release Firmly apply the foot brake While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button A and lower the lever completely Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL The cruise control allows driving at speeds above 25 MPH 40 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal NOTE e When the SAVE mode is selected with the transmission setup switch the acceleration and deceleration can be controlled smoothly
293. ored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 2 Open the fuse box lid 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 4 Ifthe fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 5 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a GI R certified NISSAN dealer Extended storage switch To reduce battery drain the extended storage switch comes from the factory switched off Prior to delivery of your vehicle the switch is pushed in switched on and should always remain on If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE If the extended storage switch malfunc tions or if the fuse is open it is not necessary to replace the switch In this case remove the extended storage switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT Recommend
294. out 1 MPH or 1 km h Decreasing the set vehicle speed To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows Starting and driving 5 35 down to the desired speed e Push and then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH or 1 km h Resuming the preset speed To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 36 Starting and driving Canceling the preset speed To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods Push the CANCEL switch O The SET indicator will turn off Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will turn off Turn the MAIN switch 2 off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will turn off NOTE If cruise control was canceled by press ing the cancel switch or by depressing the brake pedal the system changes to standby status If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will be deactivated Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again Under the following conditions
295. pads and brake rotor have rusted together 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to the GJ position 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels You may feel a small click and hear a sound when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly This is not a malfunction and indicates that the brake assist mechanism is operating properly Vacuum assisted brakes
296. plicated by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Intelligent Key 2 sets 2 Mechanical key inside Intelligent Keys 2 sets 3 Key number plate 1 set INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo nents As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NOTICE e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelli gent Key is a precision device with a built in transmitter To avoid dama ging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is com pletely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures ex ceed 140 F 60 C If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10
297. pplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers Ta Seat belts page 1 6 The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 1 31 Sit upright and well back 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower se verity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied 1 Front passenger air bag and status light page 1 38 The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in a
298. pplied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish OUTSIDE DOOR HANDLES After driving on a road where salt is used in winter immediately wash and clean the outside door handles that are provided with a special coating This will keep the beautiful finish longer TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dam pened in mild soap solution then wipe cle
299. province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsi bility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment Technical and consumer information 9 11 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICA TION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFOR
300. r To reset a trip display the trip that you want to reset to zero then press and hold the TRIP A B RESET switch for more than 1 second NOTE When the battery is disconnected the memory for trips A and is erased and both return to zero NOTICE If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as Safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the en gine 2 If your vehicle overheats page 6 7 TACHOMETER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE The tachometer indicates the engine speed in GAUGE revolutions per minute rpm Do not rev the The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem engine into the red zone A perature The engine coolant temperature is within the NOTICE normal range when the gauge needle points l within the zone 4 shown in the illustration When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions Instruments and controls 2 7 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hil
301. r equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test 9 20 Technical and consumer information condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer to set ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR
302. r fluid NOTICE e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank NOTE Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir Do not use the window washer reservoir to mix the 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it PRECAUTIONS NOTICE When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be da maged To disconnect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Close the windows 2 Open the hood 3 Close and lock all the
303. r or it may take longer to shift gear Make sure to depress the brake pedal and check that the vehicle has stopped before shifting A CAUTION Because the vehicle includes a dual clutch transmission that automati cally controls the clutch and shifting operation of the manual transmis sion whenever the shift lever is in a position other then GJ or QJ the vehicle will begin to move slowly in the same way as when the clutch in a manual transmission vehicle is Starting and driving 5 15 faster than 4 000 rpm NOTICE e When the vehicle is stopped on a hill do not hold the vehicle in place by depressing the accelerator pedal Doing so may cause the clutch to overheat and result in transmission Operating the shift lever damage Use the brakes to prevent After starting the engine fully depress the brake the vehicle from moving pedal and move the shift lever from the GJ position to the GY M or H M position Push the button to shift into the GJ or GY position All system that improves efficiency and other positions can be selected without pushing ensures reliability under high g the button force conditions When oil viscosity is high at low temperatures it takes longer for all components to be brake pedal sufficiently lubricated Thus when the transmission temperature is low approximately 104 F 40 C do not accelerate rapidly or run the engine 5 16 Starting and driving e The GT R dual clu
304. rature is low immediately after starting the vehicle or high when engaging in high performance driving there may be some cases where the system cannot control shifting When this occurs switch to the J position and select a lower gear depending on the gradient of the hill e Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control When stopping the vehicle Leave the shift lever in the Ee M or BY position and firmly depress the foot brake pedal If the vehicle will be stopped for a long period of time apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the GJ or M position as necessary e Do not race the engine while the vehicle is stopped Doing so may accelerate the vehicle suddenly and cause an accident when shifting to a driving gear e While the engine is running the propeller shaft that transmits torque from the engine to the transmission is turning at all times Crawling or reaching under the vehicle while the engine is running may result in serious injury NOTICE When the vehicle is stopped on a hill do not hold the vehicle in place by depressing the accelerator pedal Doing so may cause the clutch to overheat and result in transmission damage Use the brakes to prevent the vehicle from moving When parking the vehicle Follow the instructions below when parking the vehicle to help prevent the brake rotor and brake pads from rust ing together Failure to follow the instru
305. rd warning flasher switch P 2 52 12 Compact Disc slot 0 8 Illustrated table of contents METERS AND GAUGES DIRON Trip A B reset switch P 2 6 Speedometer P 2 6 Tachometer P 2 7 Upshift indicator P 2 9 Transmission position indicator P 2 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 7 ENTER switch P 2 14 7 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 11 8 Vehicle information display P 2 11 9 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 6 10 Fuel gauge P 2 8 11 NEXT switch P 2 14 NOTE e Meters and gauges will illuminate when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position e The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position This does not indicate that there is a malfunction Illustrated table of contents 0 9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 Battery P 8 16 Engine oil filler cap P 8 12 Strut support bar P GTR 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 12 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 DRN 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 7 Air cleaner P 8 20 8 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 14 9 Radiator filler cap P 8 10 10 Coolant reservoir cap pressure type P 8 10 11 Coolant reservoir P 8 10 12 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 ITEMS GT R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Mobil 1 OW 40 1 Tansmiedon oi Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special erent or Castrol SAF XJ 75W 140 front and rear Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid
306. rear bumper clearance e Increase tightening of the strut support bar attachment section with the shock absorber These inspections are required at the following intervals e 1 000 miles e 12 months e 24 months e 36 months NOTE These inspections will be performed free of charge for labor at a GT R certified NISSAN dealer only Inspec tions thereafter are recommended every 12 months or 12 000 miles whichever comes first at the custo mer s expense See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet for details Repairs and adjustments involving parts replacement etc determined to be necessary as a result of these inspections are performed at the cus tomer s expense See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Warranty Information Booklet for significant lim itations exclusions and possible void ing of your warranty resulting from failure to have these necessary inspec tions repairs and or adjustments per formed See the 2012 NISSAN GT R Service and Maintenance Guide for a detailed ex planation of the GT R Performance Optimization Services WHEEL ALIGNMENT INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT if necessary including tire pressure adjustment This vehicle is equipped with a high perfor mance suspension The vehicle s wheel align ment needs to be measured and adjusted if necessary by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as necessary as the vehicle is driven and the suspension parts break in The wheel alignment can be ad
307. rerrerrrrerernns 8 3 Seat Booster SeatS sssssseseesisesrsrssrerrrierrrirrnrsnnsesnrnns 1 28 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 1 24 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag sSystemS ssssssn 1 41 Front SCANS eacosncetconndectevtececid n i 1 3 Heated Seats 2 53 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System 1 37 Precautions on seat belt USAQE eee 1 6 Rear facing child restraint installation using the Seal Dell Sirentetntrehene eens 1 20 Seat belt CxXtGnd GIS ecient ntenceeinciseans 1 12 Seat belt maintenance eects 1 12 Seat GES asctiade ecccdacnaascsscesdesatanasadsonincesteuetaeas 1 6 7 6 Seat belts with pretensioners 1 42 10 6 SGAS ee eee eee ee Cee ee 1 2 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 8 Seat belt Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 1 24 Precautions on seat belt USAQE eee 1 6 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat DGS eet le et Seared ees 1 20 Seat belt extenderS s sessessrssrsrrererresrrrrerrseeer nee 1 12 Seat belt maintenance 1 12 Seat C an ee ee nee ne 1 6 7 6 Seat belts with pretensionerS eseeeeee 1 42 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 8 Security SYSTOMS eececceceeseteteteteteteeeceeeeseeeseeetesensens 2 43 Self adjusting brakes sce ccevacevercctcneseysecece cece 8 22 Setting
308. riorated replace the transmis sion and differential oil after driving When the engine coolant temperature in creases above 230 F 110 C the color of the meter display turns to red to warn and output is controlled at a low level When the engine oil temperature is higher than 275 F 135 C the meter is displayed in red the engine output is controlled at 4000 rpm and the J position will automatically change to the E position Inspection and adjustments of tires suspension and brakes Check the steering and suspension system and other links for loose and or damaged parts Measure and adjust the wheel alignment Check tire wear and cracking Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure as necessary when the tires are cold 14 Recommended adjustments for maximum performance page GTR 1 7 Check that the wheel nuts are not stripped Check if there is no deformation on the bearing Make sure the wheel nuts are tight 14 Wheels and tires page 8 31 Make sure the drive shaft nuts are tight Check wheel hub run out and that the wheel rotates smoothly without any friction Check these with the tires removed whenever an inspection is performed with the vehicle jacked up Make sure the tire has not slipped on the wheel causing the assembly to be out of balance The reference marks on the tire and wheel should be aligned If the reference marks are not aligned the tire has slipped on the wheel Ha
309. riving safety precautions 5 9 Braking precautionS sessssseseesrsrrererrresrersrernres 5 45 Maintenance precautions ceccccccecseeeceeeeeees 8 6 Precautions on child restraints 1 14 Precautions on cruise Control 5 33 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 6 Precautions on supplemental restraint SV SUC ee ciece reece eee enced tee 1 31 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Precautions before driving GTR 9 Precautions on performance driving GTR 12 Pregnant WOMEN sccnccscxsceccsscecsdsndorocorsewettchonten sien 1 8 Programming HomeLink ccsssssssssssssssessesssseeseessssees 2 63 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUStOMETS iccniccscctcenteaethecteesteen Diecenssd 2 65 Programming trouble diaQnOsSIs csssseseceees 2 65 Push startiNg sonson e re aren 6 7 PUSH MOANING cccescteexnctcentseeraceasneesezsaseecucecatierestseqanies 2 42 Push button ignition SWITC i sicecscencscectdorcteencturteceeseerss 5 9 R mode start fUNCHON cartes os cece ected eat 5 31 Rapid air pressure OSS giccaca cee csescecesceertacretenccrtecstons 5 8 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance test 9 20 Rear window defroster SWItCH cccsscseceeee 2 48 Rear facing child restraint installation using LATO Hisse cetecariecastegeececncca cout eautacenscantecstdenccoarestes 1 18 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat LO eet ee nee an ner ater er Nir ee tenner ere on eee ne cm 1 20 Recom
310. rns of low tire pressure and flat tire or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 wheels to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pres sure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS page 5 4 1 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS page 6 2 Run flat tire warning The run flat tire warning light warns of a flat tire If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat tires the warning light will illuminate continu ously and a chime will sound for 10 seconds The chime will only sound at the first indication of a flat tire and the warning light will illuminate continuously When the Flat tire warning is activated have the system reset and the tire checked and replaced
311. roperly positioned Bracket positions The illustration shows the location of the floor mat brackets SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them 149 Seat belt maintenance page 1 12 Cleaning the power window finisher Moisten a soft cloth with neutral detergent and wipe off the dirt on the power window finisher O After wiping off the dirt soak a cloth with water and wring it out thoroughly then wipe off the neutral detergent NOTICE Some cleaners may cause the paint to peel or cause spots to occur If using a cleaner consult with a GT R certified NISSAN dealer CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CON TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO SION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN FLUENCE THE RATE OF CORRO SION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperat
312. rotor is still cold However this poses no problem in terms of brake perfor mance and does not indicate a malfunction The brakes do not need to be replaced However if the cracks extend to 0 16 in 4 mm or longer after repeated application of the brakes at high loads during high performance driving or through the continued use of the brakes the disc rotors must be replaced Brake dust This vehicle is equipped with high performance brakes and the characteristics of the brake pad material may cause more brake dust than other vehicles NISSAN recommends a wheel coating that helps prevent the brake dust from sticking to the wheels Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for more details DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION The GT R dual clutch transmission is a newly developed system that uses an electronically controlled multiple disc wet clutch attached to the highly efficient manual transmission This transmission has two driving modes e EY position Automatic gearshift allows automatic shifting of the manual transmission e position Manual gearshift allows quick shifting of the manual transmis sion NOTE e When starting or driving on a steep uphill grade shift to the J position and operate the paddle shifter to shift down to 1st gear similar to a manual transmission vehicle The GT R dual clutch transmission was devel oped specifically to maximize vehicle perfor mance and driving enjoyment The GT R transmis
313. rts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers 10 Index Additional maintenance itemS cceee GTR 11 Air olean een ere eee are ee cee rene eee as 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recOMMENCALIONS maser nninicnicn 9 7 Air TS Ve TS Sc ees reece eee eee ee 7 5 All Season USS cceeescecccvcentercesenrceencyrsstacadsexeteentsrenss GTR 10 All Wheel Drive sssssessssssssesrsrssesnsnsnnnrsnnnrnnsnnenesnnnnnnnnnnne 5 39 All Wheel Drive driving safety precautions 5 9 Anti freeZe sssssssissssisreresrernrrsnenesnsnnsnennnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnennnnna 5 50 Anti lock Braking System se sessesseseesesrrerrrrerresrenres 5 46 Anti lock Braking System warning 2 36 Audible remindEfSsanunsminesnoninenni n 2 31 Automatic Automatic door lock System 3 5 Average fuel
314. s Rear facing step 3 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear f
315. s 3 17 CAUTION Do not insert hands clothing tools or other items into the engine compartment while the engine is running Do not touch the exhaust system parts radiator or other hot parts until the engine and the parts have cooled NOTICE Do not open the hood while the wiper arms are lifted away from the wind shield The hood and wipers will be damaged 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments CLOSING THE HOOD 1 While supporting the hood store the stay to the original position accident e Be sure to check that the hood is securely closed before driving If both sides of the hood are not locked in place the hood may open during driving possibly causing an accident CAUTION When closing the hood lower it slowly so that hands or other items do not get caught NOTE Slowly lower the hood When it is at a height of 1 ft 80 cm or higher drop the hood and make sure that both sides of the hood securely lock in place Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to open and result in an Because the hood of this vehicle requires more force to close than that for other vehicles the hood will be difficult to close if you lower it all the way and then attempt to press it closed Be sure to drop the hood from a height of approximately 1 ft 80 cm and be sure that both sides securely lock in place TRUNK TRUNK OPEN RE
316. s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds
317. s and tires ssseeeceeeseseseeeeeeeeeetees Jacking vehicle and removing wheels MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s fine mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is per formed on your NISSAN at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you
318. s equipped with a non pressure type cap Do not switch the radiator filler cap and the cool ant reservoir cap Doing so will cause substandard cooling perfor mance and overheating e If you have added only water as the coolant in an emergency change it to a coolant mixture ratio specified as soon as possible Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 ENGINE OIL CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations If major cooling system repairs are required contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appro priate NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL iF Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan before checking the oil Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range A If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap 6 and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill Recheck oil level with the dipstick NOTE It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the
319. s for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in this Owner s Manual 12 Break in schedule page 5 38 Printing December 2010 10 Publication No OM2E OR Sele Printed in U S A ROSSE
320. s in the GJ position while the ignition switch is in the ON Instruments and controls 2 31 position This is not a chime to remind people outside the vehicle Be sure to move the shift lever out of the E position after driving in reverse Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After the wear of the brake pad is increased the sound will be heard all the time even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 32 Instruments and controls WARNING DISPLAY a CEXIT amt PARKING BRAKE When the items mentioned below are detected the master warning light illuminates and the warning is displayed on the vehicle information display 2 A chime also sounds If there are multiple warnings the warning lights remain lit or continue to blink and the warnings displayed in the vehicle information display are switched at regular intervals The warnings displayed in the vehicle information display can be switched voluntarily by pushing the ENTER switch J ENGINE OIL LOW PRESSURE VISIT DEALER EXIT ENGINE OIL LOW PRESSURE WARNING This will appear if the engine oil pressure is low 1 Engine oil pressure warnin
321. s working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions e The VDC mode can be changed using the VDC setup switch VDC transmis sion and suspension setup switches page 5 24 I Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light page 2 30 12 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light page 2 31 If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light illuminates in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off The VDC setup switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC setup switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The VDC warning light flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the VDC warning light will not flash The VDC Starting and driving 5 47 system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position 17 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light page 2 30 Jap Vehicle Dynamic Con trol VDC off indicator light page 2 31 The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel
322. sanin aana 2 14 Current fuel CONSUMPTION nssssssssssssrssrsrssrsnsrrenrnrenesreresnnn 2 15 VBE SPECA aaea 2 15 Ee Eo ale E E 2 15 Average fuel consumption and speed seese 2 16 Elapsed time and trip odometer sssssssssssrsrsrssrersrersresnns 2 16 Distance tO empty ssssssssssssssssrsrenesisusnsnnensnsnsnsnnennnnnennnnnnns 2 17 Outside air temperature sssssssssesssrssrsrsrisrsrisresrsrrsrsrrnnns 2 17 Setting drive computer ssesessseseseseseseseestseestseees 2 18 Warning drive computer esesseseeseseeseeeeseesseeseeeeseees 2 23 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 24 Checking DUDS scesssisesacsenpranensccesecisicpessinxtantennesepnsnienies 2 24 Warning JIoMIS sasssa nen ert eee nr er rerenSnentes 2 24 AGING QUO ONIS sissano 2 61 Audible reminders nieces ec eeee cee eecseecteeeec cre eeeetees 2 31 AECL COT a6 face kc 8 28 aan neater Sere errr o 2 32 Engine oil low pressure Warning sesseeee 2 33 Engine system Warning sssccsceceeeseseeceseeteseeeeeeeeeteees 2 33 Shift lever position Warning ssesssssssessrssisrerisrererersnns 2 34 Transmission system Warning sesssesesssrsssrssrsrsrersrenn 2 34 Transmission oil high temperature warning e 2 34 Transmission clutch high temperature warning 2 35 Parking brake release warning essssssssrssrsreress 2 35 Low brake fluid warning sssssssssssrsssrssrsrsrsnrnssnsrsrsnennnns 2 35 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning 2 36 Vehicle
323. se of tires installed on a typical vehicle and you are likely to experience uneven tire wear and tire noise regardless of the type of tire used NOISES ARE HEARD WHILE DRIV ING The GT R brake pads use material that provides a high amount of braking power even in high temperatures This material can cause an intermittent screeching noise just before the vehicle comes to a stop when the brakes are gently applied The noise de creases as the brake pads wear However the additional brake pad break in or repla cing the cross spring may decrease the noise Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer A screeching noise may be heard when the brake pedal is depressed When driving the vehicle for the first time in the morning After leaving the vehicle parked for extended periods of time or When the vehicle is damp following rain showers or washing the vehicle These sounds are normal The noise is caused when the brake pads absorb moist ure and the noise stops after the brake is applied several times A screeching noise may also be heard when the brake pedal is depressed When repeatedly applying gentle brak ing especially on a curve at a low speed or When the brake rotors have circular scores with the brake temperature high The GT R uses brake pad materials that have high metallic content The brake pad material helps maintain braking performance in a wide range of weather and driving condit
324. sher fluid as necessary 2 Window washer fluid page 8 15 2 40 Instruments and controls EIT NO KEY WARNING This will appear in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered Intelligent Key gt Intelligent Key system page 3 8 OPERATION DISPLAYS These displays appear when an appropriate operation is required in starting or stopping the engine ENGINE START OPERATION INDI CATOR This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the GJ position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed SHIFT P WARNING This warning appears and an inside warning chime sounds when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the GJ position If this warning appears move the shift lever to the J position This warning will also turn off when pushing the ignition switch to the ON position Instruments and controls 2 41 PUSH WARNING This
325. shift GJ warning appears on the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is pushed the shift lever is in any position except the GJ posi tion Move the shift lever to the GJ position 2 Shift P warning page 2 41 If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears on the vehicle infor mation display the Intelligent Key battery is discharged and the ignition switch will not operate Insert the Intelligent Key into the key port to operate the ignition switch 2 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator page 2 43 When all of the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge The ignition switch is in the ACC position and All doors are closed and The shift lever is in the GJ position e Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position when the engine is not run ning for an extended period of time This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light 4 of the Intelligent Key port blinks and the
326. shift lever cannot be moved if the shift lever button is pushed while the system check is being performed even Instruments and controls 2 13 after the system check is finished Release the button and push it again to operate the shift lever e During winter or at other times when the temperature is extremely low changes in the hydraulic response characteristics may increase the amount of time that is required for the system check During the system check a thudding operating noise may occur or the engine speed may decrease however this does not indicate that there is a malfunction 2 14 Instruments and controls DRIVE COMPUTER 1 ENTER switch J 2 NEXT switch 3 Vehicle information display The drive computer displays the following information e Current fuel consumption e Vehicle speed e Cruise control e Average fuel consumption and speed e Elapsed time and trip computer e Distance to empty e Outside air temperature e Setting e Warning The vehicle information display 3 can be changed when the ignition switch is in the ON position Press the ENTER switch J to change the display NOTE e The cruise control display is shown if cruise control is set 12 Cruise con trol page 5 33 e The warning display is not shown if there are no conditions to warn the driver e Depending on the driving conditions and other factors the displayed values may differ from the actual values e T
327. sion components were designed using different engineering standards than typical passenger car transmissions Because of this the GT R has different operating characteristics and various rattle noises may be heard during some driving conditions because of the follow ing items GT R Overview GIR 25 e Gear clearances e Ultralight flywheel e Dry sump lubrication These noises do not indicate that there is a malfunction GTR 26 GT R Overview TRANSMISSION OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS Mechanism Operation characteristics The GT R transmission design is different from transmissions used in conventional passenger cars The GT R uses a transmission gear design light flywheel and a dry sump lubrication system to provide maximum vehicle performance Because the GT R Transmission design is different noises may be louder When the transmission temperature is high rattling shaking and jarring noises may be heard Clattering noises may be heard while shifting Appropriate gaps are provided between gears to achieve smooth gear rotation and steady tooth surface lubrication under the high load driving condition However this causes a rattling noise If the shift lever is moved from GJ to Zk M position or Ef M to E position before the vehicle stops you may not be able to shift gear or it may take longer to shift gear Make sure to depress the brake pedal and check that the vehicle has stopped before shifting Base Manual transmission When s
328. snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and in crease the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an acci dent Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may in dicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add mate rial or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may
329. speed from any gear or to warn the driver of over revving The upshift indicator operates only when the shift lever is in the J position This function consists of two modes that can be selected on the vehicle information display AUTO setting and MANUAL setting MODE INDICATOR COLOR CONDITIONS AUTO setting MANUAL setting F S E 6 6 No color Yellow Yellow Light is off at all times Light comes on about 700 RPM before the red zone Light comes on immediately before the red zone Light blinks about 500 RPM before the set RPM and comes on at the set RPM Light comes on about 700 RPM before the red zone Light comes on immediately before the red zone Instruments and controls 2 9 SETTING r gt ALERT gt MAINTENANCE f gt UPTIONS QENT NEXT UP SHIFT EMAS ETTING Reri a a ee ee O Setting Push the ignition switch to the ON position Use the ENTER switch J and toggle the vehicle information display to show the SETTING screen Use the NEXT switch and ENTER switch 2 10 Instruments and controls Q to go to ALERT gt UPSHIFT The current status of the upshift indicator will be shown on the UPSHIFT screen Note that the function is set to AUTO as the factory default setting To change the upshift indicator mode choose SETTING on the UPSHIFT screen Set one of the following modes by pushing the NEXT switch and then push ENTER J to complete e AUTO e 3 000 to 6
330. ssesereresrsrsssne 8 6 Maintenance requirement ssssssssseesrereresrsrsrerrne 8 3 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance test 9 20 Scheduled maintenance 8 3 Seat belt maintenance 1 12 Map MS sseeg a 2 61 Measurement of WeIGNtS c cececeeeeeeeseseeeeeeees 9 16 Meters and Gauges iinigairemrinereewederientante 2 5 Mirror NSLS MN O seseina iea eiin in 3 26 INOS ce recreates tates peie et horeeereomnety 3 26 iste eM qcelas eee eee metre tere mere se reer 3 27 Vanity OME cacti etcetera alates tcentceaiet cea 3 28 Vanity mirror M1 FOES issit 2 62 Most common factors contributing to vehicle OOO SIO isisisi ea a 7 7 Multi function display Owner s Manual 4 2 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System 1 37 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 45 No key WUTC ccs cen ace cece cde cece see eet ceetnece 2 40 Noises are heard while driving GTR 23 Odometer twin trip OdOMEtEL eeeeeeeeeeetetetetees 2 6 Off road FOC OV IY ccc ata tp eienenn asn eren rne inane 5 7 Oil Changing engine oil and filter eee 8 13 Checking engine oil level esses 8 12 Dike re tatlall 0 scss cscscrcvcsnchenctersreacedeevetacatueeeseeruses GTR 4 iio gcc Reet ere rt nr fee GTR 3 8 12 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil level display sscccccsseeeeeees 2 12 Engine oil low pressure warning 2 33 Transmission Ol ccticrcisicsccceronisnenctenteestes GTR 4 8 13 Transmission oil high temperature warn
331. ssion control system warranty 9 18 PP OUING eiet ccaxetcersteaescacsesectzteecccencipstecees E ENTEN EE REEERE REEE 9 8 Before starting the engine 5 13 Changing engine coolant sssseeseesreersreereseree 8 12 Changing engine oil and filter eee 8 13 Checking engine coolant level 8 11 Checking engine oil level essen 8 12 Emergency engine shut off 5 11 6 2 Engine block heater s ca ccvanuwesnncenne 5 51 Engine COMPANIMG IN sccienctecscieuctencstenedsteterttecntde 8 23 Engine compartment check locations 8 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 7 Engine Cooling SYStOM c cccseeeeeeeeeees 8 10 Engine Olle ca cerca reinii GTR 3 8 12 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil level Cis lay vcuciccascrtuewctnenrenrties 2 12 Engine oil low pressure Warning 2 33 Engine serial WWM DG lsciesctes scscecstcestenpcerestdeeciececees 9 12 Engine start operation indicator 2 41 Engine system War iG nccstecsercueceetercteecrceete 2 33 Operating range for engine Start 5 10 Starting the engine s sssseesseersseerrsrerresrerrenreseeeene 5 13 Engine oil maintenanCce sssssssssseserirrerrsrssrrren GTR 3 PAGING OG tPUt sn amoran GTR 22 Engine output according to the coolant temperature sss seesssssrsrssreriersrrnesrsrrsrenns GTR 22 Engine settings balancing right and left air HOW eiia eea ea Ee Eea GTR 8 Engine speed is restricted GTR 22 Environmental factors influence the rate O
332. stments 3 Turn the cap 1 slowly counterclockwise to remove it During refueling place the cap on the inside of the door CLOSING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR 1 Turn the cap clockwise until a click sound is heard Close the door Lock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key e Push the power door lock switch to the LOCK position NOTE After a click is heard and the cap is released it may move slightly This is not a malfunction STEERING WHEEL Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrest rained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING COL UMN Tilt adjustment This adjusts up down the position of the steering wheel 1 Press lever A down A 2 Move the steering wheel up do
333. sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped under the Cold Tire Pres sure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side door end Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking NOTE e You can check the pressure of all four tires on the multi function display See the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual e The tires of this vehicle are filled with nitrogen gas When the tire pressure is low fill the tires with nitrogen Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for information on filling the tires with nitrogen Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 If nitrogen is not available compressed air may be safely used under normal driving conditions However NISSAN recommends refilling with nitrogen for maximum tire performance The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling A WARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicl
334. t lever is in the GJ or D position GJ is recommended Firmly depress the brake pedal Without depressing the accelerator pedal press the ignition switch once to start the engine To stop the engine move the shift lever to the GJ position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position Starting and driving 5 13 NOTE If the engine is difficult to start de press the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to the OFF position and then release the accel erator pedal Then perform steps 1 to 5 to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat this procedure Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start If this occurs wait for more than 3 minutes and then press the ignition switch again to start the engine To maintain high performance over a long period of time the engine speed is limited to 5 000 rom when the engine is revved with the shift lever in the J or EJ position and to 4 000 rpm when the engine oil or coolant temperature is low or higher than normal If the ignition switch is pressed before the shift lever is moved to the J position the ignition switch will not 5 14 Starting and driving change to the OFF position If this occurs the SHIFT GJ warning d
335. t switch NOTE e When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and the In telligent Key may not function properly Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for any one who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Intelligent Key operation You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch A within the range of operation NOTE When the driver s door is locked or unlocked the fuel filler door is auto matically locked or unlocked at the same time When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation 14 Setting hazard indicator and horn mode page 3 13 Locking doors 1 Move the shift lever to the GJ position push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all the doors 3 Push the
336. t system INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps earlier in this section before tightening the tether strap 1 27 If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases e Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Booster seats of various sizes are offered by Make sure the child s head will be properly several manufacturers When selecting any supported by the booster seat or vehicle booster seat keep the following points in mind seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a e Choose only a booster seat with a label low back booster seat 1 is chosen the e Make sure the shoulder belt is not me certi
337. t to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it into contact with eyes skin clothing If needed Roadside Assistance is available or painted surfaces Battery fluid is Please see your Warranty Information Booklet a corrosive sulphuric acid solution for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty which can cause severe burns If the Information Booklet Canada fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the con tacted area with water e Keep the battery out of the reach of children e The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle e Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and In case of emergency 6 5 Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 6 6 Incase of emergency If the booster battery is in another vehicle A position the two vehicles A and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehi cles to touch Apply parking brake Move the shift lever to the GJ position Switch off all unnecessary 3 4 electrical systems light heater air condi ti
338. tain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system Jog Front pas senger air bag and status light page 1 38 If you have any questions about your air bag system contact NISSAN or a GT R certified NISSAN dealer If you are considering modifica tion of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner
339. tarting or shifting Changing modes The quickest shifting in the R mode with the transmission in the J position is available when the engine speed is high However the transmission may shift more slowly when the engine speed is low If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel half a turn in cold temperatures the inner wheel tire may slip and some noise or o vibration may be heard This phenomenon occurs because the viscosity of the differential oil becomes thicker and the Limited Slip Differential Mechanical Limited Slip LSD operates with increasing load When the steering wheel is returned to the straight ahead position or the differential oil warms up the Differential LSD noise and vibration decrease If MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 is used the noise and vibration decrease MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OIL type 2189E 75W 140 may not be available at most NISSAN dealers or in all markets GT R Overview GTR 27 Mechanism Operation characteristics If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel half a turn in cold temperatures it may be hard to move the vehicle when the Electronically controlled accelerator pedal is depressed This phenomenon is unique to AWD vehicles and is caused by the speed difference between the front and rear All wheel drive AWD wheel This is not a malfunction This phenomenon can be avoided by returning the steering wheel to the straight ahead position The
340. tch transmission is provided with a dry sump lubrication es Automatically returns E position Use this position for parking and starting the engine The ignition switch will be changed to the OFF or LOCK position E position Use this position for driving in reverse A chime will sound inside the vehicle to remind the driver that the shift lever is in the E position Q position Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged E WJ position Use this position for all normal forward driving The shift lever can be moved between EY and MM to alternately change each other The position indicator indicates the gear position with the indication of A or M e EY position Use this position for ordinary driving with the gears shifted automatically from first gear to sixth gear according to the speed and driving conditions M position Operate the paddle shifter to drive in first gear to sixth gear as desired The position indicator blinks if it is not possible to shift the gear 197 Transmission position indicator page 2 8 Starting and driving 5 17 NOTICE Be sure to observe the following precautions Failure to do so may result in shift lever malfunction Do not spill water beverages or other liquids on the shift lever Do not allow sand or similar substances to contact the shift lever Develop the habit of performing the operations marked with m with o
341. ted side impact supplemental air air bag system P 1 31 bag system P 1 31 0 2 Illustrated table of contents REAR 1 Rear seats 3 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Child restraint installation P 1 14 system P 1 16 2 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 1 14 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR FRONT Genuine road wheel specific to Genuine tire specific to GT R Genuine brake pad specific to n Genuine brake disc rotor spe Brake disc rotor 2 cic io GIR 1 When tire replacement is required replacing tires as a set of four with new tires is recommended However if a tire is punctured or damaged it may be possible to replace only the damaged tire Determining whether one tire or a complete set of tires should be replaced is based on a number of factors including tire wear and condition Contact your GT R certified NISSAN dealer They can recommend if an individual tire or a complete set should be replaced 2 Jog Replacement of brake pads and disc rotors page GTR 5 Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid NISSAN cannot ensure proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used Hood P 3 17 Windshield wiper and washer P 2 46 P 8 21 Doors P 3 2 P 3 4 P 3 8 Outside mirrors
342. that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position J Warning indicator lights and audible reminders page 2 24 STARTING THE ENGINE NOTE This vehicle includes spark plugs that are designed for maximum perfor mance If the start time becomes long er the plugs may be fouled making the engine difficult to start If this occurs start the engine using the procedure described in this section A click sound may be heard when the brake pedal is depressed and released This is normal A low rattling operating sound may occur when the engine is started or stopped This is because of the trans mission gear design light flywheel and dry sump lubrication system used in this transmission This does not indi cate that there is a malfunction This sound is likely to occur in particular if the engine is stopped when the tem perature of the transmission oil is high Check the positions of the accelerator pedal Q and brake pedal 2 Adjust the steering wheel and seat positions so that the correct driving posture is achieved 12 Front seats page 1 3 Check that the parking brake is engaged Check that the shif
343. the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the drive belts are missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 6 8 Incase of emergency Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 7 When the coolant temperature gauge goes down to the midpoint stop the engine and wait until the gauge goes down further to C cold 8 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary after opening the coolant reservoir cap with a heavy cloth covering it 14 Engine cool ing system page 8 10 9 Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest GT R certified NISSAN dealer If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a GT R certified NISSAN dealer
344. the condition of the crack Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for replacement EXHAUST MUFFLER AND TRUNK CARPET Genuine GT R special exhaust muffler and trunk carpet Use only the genuine GT R special exhaust muffler and trunk carpet The GT R exhaust system is designed to provide the maximum vehicle performance and to protect the vehicle from high exhaust gas temperatures If non genuine GT R specification parts are used it is possible that the muffler or other exhaust system parts will deform and cause damage to the underbody Non genuine GT R GTR 6 GT R Overview specification parts can also affect vehicle performance and possibly lead to turbocharger engine or power train related parts including transmission damage Also do not remove the trunk carpet from the vehicle for any reason The carpet insulates the vehicle interior from the heat of the muffler and from the noise of the transmission EXTERIOR PARTS spoiler etc Do not modify exterior parts The GT R was developed using a special wind tunnel to help make sure the vehicle is aerodynamically balanced Additionally the wind tunnel was used to help make sure cool air flows to the brakes radiator and other components Additions of non genuine GT R specific acces sory exterior parts can change the air flow over and around the body This can affect vehicle balance and cooling of various systems For example if the front bumper is modified there is a
345. the shift lever is not push the ignition switch to the OFF in the GJ position position When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Garartve Iniciinenciceu wey inside lock knob turned to LOCK seconds and all the doors unlock or trunk y 9 y io The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carine inelar Kowii or trunk y g y ial When pushing the door handle The outside chime sounds for approximately 2 A door is not closed securely Close the door securely request switch to lock the door seconds The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch after pushed before the door is closed the door is closed l l The outside chime sounds for approximately 10 Toe C he Inieliasat lt ith When closing the trunk lid seconds and the trunk lid opens The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk arry the Inteligent Key with you The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the outside chime sounds continuously 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPENING THE HOOD 2 Pull the lever at the front of the hood 3 Grasp the insulated part of the stay and i Pull me kood inch tel handle with your fingertips and raise the hood release it from the hook then securely insert Po e hood lock release handle re it into the hood hole located below the instrument panel The hood will then spring up slightly Pre driving checks and adjustment
346. the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure Altitude can also affect tire pressure These may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires GT R vehicles are delivered from the factory with nitrogen filled tires For best perfor mance NISSAN recommends that GT R owners maintain their vehicles by using nitrogen for tire inflation Because nitrogen is more stable than compressed air It is less prone to pressure fluctuation resulting from temperature variations If nitrogen is not available compressed air may be safely used under normal driving conditions How ever NISSAN recommends refilling with Nitrogen for maximum tire performance The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening You can also check the pressure of all tires on the multi function display Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s M
347. this mode adjusts front and rear wheel power distribution to improve handling With the transmission switch in R mode the R mode start function can be used 12 R mode start function page 5 31 This mode is for use in a broad range of driving conditions for routine driving during fair to rainy weather as well as for driving on road surfaces that are slippery due to snow or ice Make sure to use this mode for everyday driving Temporary mode that can be used to free if it is stuck in snow or mud With the transmission switch in SAVE mode freeing the vehicle become easier Always make sure the VDC is ON before driving the vehicle by checking that the VDC OFF indicator lights on the meter and the VDC set up switch are not illuminated The GT R is a high performance vehicle and the VDC must be on activated to provide proper powertrain operation and intended drivability The VDC OFF mode should ONLY be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by tempora rily stopping operation of the VDC to maintain wheel torque Driving the GT R with the VDC off may lead to handling issues related to steering maneuvers acceleration or deceleration Moreover driving with the VDC off can result in an inoperative vehicle by causing ser ious damage to the powertrain including damage to the Transaxle Assembly including Transfer Clutch Gears Transaxle case and all of its components and other drivetrain component s
348. tion 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF a or 4D position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light Instruments and controls 2 49 If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened the headlights remain on for 45 seconds Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner s Manual 2 50 Instruments and controls Headlight beam select When the headlights are on push the lever to the front of the vehicle Q to switch to the high beams The high beam indicator light illumi nates 12 High beam indicator light page 2 30 Pull the lever to the neutral position to switch to the low beams Pulling the lever toward you 8 will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the pa or ZD position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Jog Light reminder chime page 2 31 When the headlight switch is in the a or 20 position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 45 seconds after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the pa
349. to the change in outside air tempera ture of the modified tire inner pressure The tire pressure changes depending on the outside temperature or altitude Check the tire pressure regularly and when the climate condi tions change Make sure the tire valve stem cap is installed and that the valve stem is tight When installing the cap make sure to tighten the cap by hand If a tool is used to tighten the cap the cap may be damaged Make sure the wheel nuts are tight 13 Wheels and tires page 8 31 Make sure the drive shaft nuts are tight Make sure to replace the rubber seal the valve core and the valve cap of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS sensor attached to the wheel every 3 years for performance driving use Replace the rubber seal every 5 years even when not engaging in performance driving A dirty rubber seal will cause the air leak from the tire Make sure that the nuts and valves that are attached to the TPMS sensor are tight and there is no nitrogen leak Use only a NISSAN genuine valve cap or equivalent Check wheel hub run out and that the wheel rotates smoothly without any friction Check these with the tires removed whenever an inspection is performed with the vehicle jacked up Secure road wheel balance weights with aluminum tape or equivalent Check that the wheel nuts are not stripped Outside Make sure the tire has not slipped on the wheel causing the assembly to be out o
350. topping the vehicle with the shift lever in the E or EN M position be sure to firmly depress the brake pedal The vehicle may slowly move if the brake pedal is not depressed Avoid depressing the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time Depressing the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time could cause the clutch to overheat and accelerate deterioration When the vehicle is stopped on a hill do not hold the vehicle in place by depressing the accelerator pedal Doing so may cause the clutch to overheat and result in transmission damage Use the brakes to prevent the vehicle from moving Multiple disc wet clutch The following conditions are caused due to changes in fluid viscosity as a result of temperature changes e When the transmission fluid is extremely cold or extremely hot the transmission may feel like it is slipping during shifts or there may be hard Electronic oil pressure shifts This is normal Transmission shifting should return to normal when the transmission fluid returns to normal operating temperatures control When the transmission fluid temperature is extremely cold the time required to run a system check may increase During the system check the shift lever must stay in the J position Move the shift lever after turning off the system check display Also it is normal to hear clicking noises during the transmission systems check The higher shift speeds in the J position may result in shift shock and jerkiness when s
351. ts seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat
352. ts and controls CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires on the four wheels NOTE e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e The tires of this vehicle are filled with nitrogen gas When the tire pressure is low fill the tires with nitrogen gas Contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for information on filling the tires with nitrogen gas WN Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the warning displays appear on the vehicle informa tion display a7 Warning display page 2 32 E Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For approximately 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger 14 Seat belts page
353. ttery e Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e Push the plug in as far as it will go 2 54 Instruments and controls STORAGE Front Slide the cover toward the rear of the vehicle to open To close slide the cover back toward the front of the vehicle Inside the console box Open the cap to use the outlet CUP HOLDERS Close the cap after use Instruments and controls 2 55 Rear NOTE Cup holder is wider and shallower than cup holders and Small size cups are likely to tip over in cup holder A Use cup holders and 2 56 Instruments and controls SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push 1 NOTICE Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses DOOR POCKET Door pockets are located inside the driver s side and passenger s side doors NOTICE Do not grasp the door pockets to open and close the doors Doing so may damage the pockets GLOVE BOX Use the mechanical key to lock 1 and unlock 2 the glove box 1 Mechanical key page 3 3 The mechanical key stops when it is inserted approximately halfway in Pull the knob toward you to open the glove box To close the glove box press the lid forward until it locks in place Instruments and controls 2 57 NOTICE Do not place items that are more than 2
354. type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as 1 41 practical away from the side air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
355. uence the rate Outside door hand G f j 7 4 Or CONOSION srsisea niae EEEa a 7 7 Tire dressing wessssssesssssessessessessessessessessesseeseeseesessssseesessesees 7 4 To protect your vehicle from COrrOSION sss 7 8 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING 7 2 Appearance and care NOTICE Never use wax on the carbon parts This may cause the parts to deteriorate Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water NOTICE e Do not use an automatic car wash The rear wing may be damaged e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially br
356. unction Display Own ers Manual OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the map lights will not illuminate regardless of any condition VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS There is an illuminated vanity mirror on the reverse side of the sun visor HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is dis connected HomeLink will retain all pro gramming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original transmit ter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes 1 Programming HomeLink page 2 63 Do not use HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an obj
357. ur NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS NOTICE Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs TOLL INI REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance schedule in NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 AIR CLEANER cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury Remove the retainers 4 as illustrated and pull out the filter element The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance inter
358. ural damage and could fail without warning e Never use retread tires e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet e Always use tires of the specified type size brand construction bias bias belted radial or run flat and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the rear wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the War ranty Information Booklet Care of wheels 1 Cleaning exterior page 7 2 JACKING VEHICLE AND REMOVING WHEELS 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving
359. ures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists or where road salt is used Appearance and care 7 7 Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 8 Appearance and care Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a GT R certified NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ccececeececeeeseeseeseeteseeeeeeeeeeeseees 8 3 Scheduled maintenance ou ssesececeeseeceeeeeteteeeeeeeee
360. ushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position 2 the map lights will turn on when the door is opened and turn off when the door is closed The map lights will turn off approximately 15 seconds after the door is closed with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position NOTE When the interior light control switch is in the DOOR position and the door is open the light will remain on even when the map light switch is pressed to turn off Key linked interior light control system The map lights will turn on and off linked with the locking and unlocking of the door This function operates when the interior light control switch is in the DOOR position e When entering the vehicle When the driver s seat door is unlocked the 2 62 Instruments and controls map light illuminates for approximately 15 seconds then it turns off While the map light is on if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or if the driver s side door is locked the light turns off e When exiting the vehicle When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position the map lights turn on for approximately 15 seconds then it turns off If the driver s side door is locked while the map lights are on the light turns off NOTE It is possible to cancel the key linked interior light control system setting See the separate Multi F
361. ushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo nents causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to func tion properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A GT R certified NISSAN dealer can assist you in choos
362. ut pressing the button If the button is pressed at these times there is the possibility that the lever could accidentally enter the GJ or Gi positions When the vehicle is hot the area around the shift lever may be hot or may produce an unusual sound however this does not indicate that there is a malfunction Avoid depressing the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time Depressing both pedals at the same time could cause the clutch to over heat and accelerate deterioration 5 18 Starting and driving NOTE When moving the shift lever out of the EJ position it may not be possible to move the shift lever if the button is pressed before the brake pedal is depressed Press the button only after depressing the brake pedal Do not place coins or other small objects in the area around the shift lever These objects may get stuck in the shift gate and prevent the shift lever from moving into a position Sometimes you may not be able to retrieve these objects Immediately after a cold start while the transmission system check display T M SYSTEM CHECK IN PROCESS appears on the vehicle information display the shift lever cannot be moved out of the GJ position This is because a check of the transmission system is in progress This does not indicate that there is a malfunction Move the shift lever after the message on the vehicle information display turns off The shift lever knob and console mounted shi
363. vals See NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide for maintenance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades REPLACING THE WIPER BLADES 7 NOTICE eplace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm e After wiper blade replacement re 2 Push the release tab A and then move the turn the wiper arm to its original wiper blade down the wiper arm while position otherwise it may be da pushing the release tab to remove maged when the hood is opened 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper e Make sure the wiper blades contact arm until a click sounds the glass otherwise the arm may be 4 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in damaged from wind pressure the groove Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle
364. ve the wheels tires reba lanced Make sure the old reference marks are erased and new reference marks are applied to the wheel and tire When instal ling new tires on the wheels make sure new reference marks are applied to the wheels and tires Tgp Inspection and adjustments of tires Suspension clutch and brakes page GTR 14 Make sure that the nut installing the TPMS sensor and its valve are tight and there is no nitrogen leak Check for the heat deterioration of the brakes and parts around the brakes Check the condition of the brake pads and disc rotors and replace them as necessary Inspect to see whether the clearance between the exhaust finisher and rear bumper is maintained at above 0 24 in 6 mm up down and above 0 20 in 5 mm left right GT R SPECIFIC VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS REFUELING PRECAUTIONS To maximize vehicle performance the fuel tank is located as low as possible to lower the vehicle center of gravity The tank is also divided into two parts This fuel tank design causes higher pressures inside the tank than other vehicles so fuel spillage is possible by trying to top off the fuel tank after automatic shutoff The fuel tank pressure is higher when the vehicle is hot especially if the tank is more than half full If the cap is opened when the vehicle is hot it may cause fuel spray and there may be a hissing noise Open the cap slowly releasing the pressure from the tank gradually A
365. vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children 14 Child restraints page 1 14 A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt 14 Child restraints page 1 14 NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger gt Supplemental restraint system page 1 31 INFANTS Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint which fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ib 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint
366. vehicle owner e When legally required to such as when ordered by a court of law etc e When offering processed data so that neither the vehicle owner nor the vehicle is identified to research centers for statistical analysis etc Technical and consumer information 9 21 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a GT R certified NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN 9 22 Technical and consumer information Service Manual or Owners Manual please contact a GT R certified NISSAN dealer For the phone nu
367. ven if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available 4 Owner s Manual Service Man ual order information page 9 22 You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer NOTICE e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized com ponent while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never leave the engine or transmis sion related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Da als NOTICE The coolant reservoir is equipped with a pressure type cap and the radiator is equipped with a non pressure type cap Do not switch the radiator filler cap and the coolant reservoir cap Doing so will cause substandard cooling perfor mance and overheatin
368. verfill the coolant This may increase the pressure in the cooling system and cause coolant leaks INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTS AFTER DRIVING The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving GT R Overview GIR 17 Fluids Recommended fluids and maintenance interval e Check the engine transmission differential The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in and under the vehicle for oil and coolant performance driving leaks ITEMS Engine Oil e Check the fluid levels and adjust as neces g 3 GT R SPECI sary using the specified fluid as described FIED FLUIDS Mobil 1 OW 40 1 under the conditions listed in ADDITIONAL ae ears Change engine oil and engine oil filter at the same MAINTENANCE ITEMS If you do not drive e nenne oll temperatura stays interval as Schedule 1 and 2 in the 2012 NISSAN under the conditions listed refer to the 2012 below 230 F 110 C while driving GT R Service and Maintenance Guide section NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide MAINTENANCE When the oil temperature reaches INTERVAL between 230 F 110 C and ae San and engine oil filter every 3 000 266 F 130 C while driving e When the oil temperature exceeds Change engine oil and engine oil filter immediately 266 F 130 C while driving after stopping ITEMS Stine Sipe Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special Change transmission oil at th
369. w be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAG NOSIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transcei ver button complete the following 1 Push and hold
370. w gear is maintained that suits the degree of the slope or curve to allow smooth driving with a small number of shifts Control on downhill roads The adaptive shift control system shifts to a low gear that suits the degree of the slope and uses the engine brake to reduce the number of times that the foot brake must be used Control on winding roads A low gear is maintained on continuous curves that involve repeated acceleration and decelera tion so that smooth acceleration is available instantly when the accelerator pedal is de pressed NOTE Adaptive shift control may not operate when the transmission oil temperature is low immediately after the start of driving or when it is very hot If this occurs switch to the J position and downshift if neces Sary m position Changing to the J position To change to the J position from the H position either move the shift lever to the M side or operate the paddle shifter The position indicator indicates the gear position with the indication of M If the paddle shifter is used the first operation changes from the EY position to the M position Starting and driving 5 19 and the second and later operations change the gears To return to the EY position move the shift lever to the JJ side again The position indicator indicates the gear position with the indication of A 5 20 Starting and driving Changing gears using paddle shifters NOTE T
371. when There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system Comes on The AWD clutch temperature nses abnormally Blinks rapidly The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly AWD WARNING LIGHT The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system Starting and driving 5 39 while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high AWD clutch temperature The driving mode may change to two wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during opera tion stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn and winter tires are not installed on the front or rear wheels only If the warning light is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If non genuine GT R tires are used the warn
372. when it is jacked up Getting the tools NOTE A jack jack lever and rod are not equipped as standard with this vehicle These parts are dealer options Contact a GT R certi fied NISSAN dealer about acquiring a jack jack lever and rod You can store a jack jack lever and rod in the floor in front of the passenger s seat CAUTION After using the tools put them back in their original places An accident may occur if you leave them in the car unsecured Jacking up the vehicle and removing the tire Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Jack up point Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The jack should be used on level firm ground Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 2 Fit the
373. window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the door 3 Open the window completely by operating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the driver side window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for the passenger side window by operating either driver s or passenger s side switch INTERIOR LIGHTS If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by a GT R certified NISSAN dealer MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR 2 and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the map lights will illuminate NOTICE Do not use the light for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a dis charged battery Instruments and controls 2 61 NOTE The lights will also turn off after 15 minutes when the lights remain illumi nated after the ignition switch has been p
374. wn and stop it in an appropriate position 3 Lift up lever A to lock the steering wheel in position Telescopic adjustment This adjusts the forward backward position of the steering wheel 1 Press lever down 4 2 Move the steering wheel forward backward 2 and stop it in an appropriate position 3 Lift up lever to lock the steering wheel in position 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 SUN VISORS sram m Lower the sun visor to block sunlight coming from the forward direction To block sunlight coming from the side lower the sun visor then unclip it from the hook and move it to the side 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light A will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on NOTICE Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensi tivity of the
375. ximize vehicle perfor mance and driving enjoyment The GT R transmission components were designed using different engineering standards than typical passenger car transmissions Because of this the GT R has different operating characteristics and various rattle noises may be heard during some driving conditions because of the follow ing items e Gear clearances e Ultralight flywheel e Dry sump lubrication These noises do not indicate that there is a malfunction WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from the GJ or Q position to the GJ or AW position Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause loss of control and an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to the GJ or GJ position while the vehicle is moving forward Never shift to the GJ or A 0N position while the vehicle is moving rearward Doing so could cause loss of control and an accident e The shift lever contains a powerful magnet Do not place electronic medical devices or other electronic products that are susceptible to magnetic force close to the shift lever Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control If the shift lever is moved from Gj to Ef position or Bi to G position before the vehicle stops you may not be able to shift gea
376. y depressing the accelerator pedal Doing so may cause the clutch to overheat and result in transmission damage Use the brakes to prevent the vehicle from moving The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions e The shift lever is moved to a forward or reverse position e The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is moved to the J or GJ position or on a flat and level road NOTE This system does not function when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system warning appears on the vehicle informa tion display located in the tachometer 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC sys tem warning page 2 36 Starting and driving 5 37 BREAK IN SCHEDULE NOTICE Follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and econo my of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced vehicle performance Please observe the following typ

2012 Nissan GTR Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents